![]()

### ANNUAL REPORT AND

### FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

#### for the ear ended 31 December 2023

#### CENTAUR MEDIA PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023

![]()

www.centaurmedia.com

#### Contents

STRATEGIC REPORT

Introduction

Highlights of the year and during MAP23  1

Chair’s Statement  2

Strategy 4

Chief Executive’s Statement  10

Key Performance Indicators  14

Performance: Financial Review  16

Section 172 Statement  23

Environmental, Social and Governance

(ESG) report  27

Risk Management  38

Viability Statement  42

GOVERNANCE REPORT

Board of Directors  43

Executive Committee  45

Directors’ Report  46

Directors’ Statement on Corporate

Governance 48

Audit Committee Report  52

Nomination Committee Report  55

Remuneration Committee Report  56

Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities

in respect of the financial statements  71

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Independent Auditor’s Report  72

Financial Statements  76

Notes to the Financial Statements  83

OTHER INFORMATION

Five Year Record  118

Directors, Advisers and

Other Corporate Information  IBC

Advise. Inform. Connect.

#### Our purpose

#### We enable ambitious leaders

#### to see around corners anddeliver change

•  We inspire and empower the

world’s most dynamic leaders in the

marketing and legal professions

•  We are committed to the delivery of

market-leading insight and tangible

outcomes to build long-term,

sustainable growth

•  Every article, every piece of

research, every data point, every

live event, training programme,

advisory opportunity and interaction

turbo-charges leaders and their

teams to predict the future and

then make it happen

#### Our vision

#### We aim to be the ‘go to’

#### company in the international

marketing and legal sectors to:

•  Provide business information to

customers using data, content and

insight;

•  Offer training services through

digital initiatives and online

programmes;

•  Connect specific communities

through digital media and

events; and

•  Advise businesses on how to

improve their performance and

return on investments.

We will build strong and lasting

relationships with our customers

by providing cutting-edge insight

and analysis to deliver long-

term sustainable returns for our

shareholders.

#### Our business

Centaur is an international provider of business information, training and specialist

consultancy in the marketing and legal professions that inspires and enables

people to excel at what they do. Our Xeim and The Lawyer business units serve

the marketing and legal sectors respectively and, across both, we offer a wide

range of products and services targeted at helping our customers add value.

Our reputation is built on the trust and confidence arising from a deep

understanding of these sectors and a strong track record of providing our

customers with market-leading insight, content, data and training. Our key

strengths are the expertise of our people, the quality of our brands and products,

and our ability to harness technology to innovate continually and develop our

customer offering. This enables us to help our customers raise their aspirations

and deliver better performance.

![]()

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023

www.centaurmedia.com

1

STRATEGIC REPORT

# Highlights of the year and during MAP23

#### Financial highlights

#### Revenue from continuing operations

2023

2022

£38.4m

2021

£35.4m

2020

£29.3m

£37.3m

#### Net Cash

3

2023

2022

£16.0m

2021

£13.1m

2020

£8.3m

£9.5m

#### Adjusted

1,2

#### EBITDA

£9.7m

2023

2022

21%

26%

2021

16%

2020

12%

#### Adjusted

1

#### diluted EPS

2023

2022

2.6p

2021

1.9p

2020

0.3p

4.2p

1

See alternative performance measures section for definition of adjusted results

2

Adjusted EBITDA is reconciled to Adjusted Operating Profit in note 1(b)

3

Net Cash is the total of cash and cash equivalents and short-term deposits

#### Strategic and operational highlights

•  Strong performance exceeding the MAP23 EBITDA

margin objective of 23% in 2023

•  Clear operational and financial steps taken to focus

on organic growth and manage costs that have built

a strong platform for future profitable revenue growth

•  Increase in higher quality revenue to 80% of revenue

from continuing operations

•  New customer-centric products launched including

MW Mini MBA in Management course, additional

learning courses on Econsultancy’s LMS platform

and Horizon Live in The Lawyer

•  Closure of two brands, Really B2B and Design Week,

after revenue and profit performance below expectations

•  Strong balance sheet with net cash balance of £9.5m

after a return of capital to shareholders paid of £8.9m

in ordinary and special dividends

![]()

www.centaurmedia.com

2

# Chair’s Statement

#### Exceeding our

#### expectations on

#### margin growth

and laying the

foundations for

#### Centaur’s future.”

#### Colin Jones

Chair

Dear Shareholder,

2023 was a challenging year – the uncertain macro

and geopolitical conditions continued to drive customer

caution. At the same time, the long-term supportive

tailwinds for the business information and digital training

industry remained and are reflected in the strong profit and

dividend increases reported with these results.

Throughout the year Centaur has

maintained its strategy of reducing its

reliance on non-strategic legacy

revenue streams and focusing on

the continuing customer need for in-

depth quality information and engaging

digital communities.

We embarked on our Margin Acceleration

Plan (MAP23) in 2020 with three clear

objectives: implementing a simple, efficient

and scalable operating model; developing

high quality, trusted products which are

the leaders in their particular markets;

and building the credibility of Centaur’s

management team for delivering on its

strategic and financial commitments.

Our focus on providing deep insight to

the legal and marketing sectors, and on

delivering MAP23, has never wavered. 2023

was the culmination of all the operational

and financial steps implemented since 2020

to improve the profitability, efficiency and

quality of the Group. I am proud to say that

the Board believes Centaur has substantially

completed its MAP23 objectives and this in

turn gives us the platform and confidence to

accelerate Centaur’s growth post MAP23.

#### People

Our people are at the heart of who we are

and what we do. Our aim is to provide a

culture in which our people thrive and feel

valued for who they are and what they

bring to Centaur and our customers. Over

the last three years, we have revitalised our

team with some quality hires to maintain

the energy and capability to drive the

business forward.

I would like to take this opportunity to

thank all our people for their hard work,

dedication and commitment to the

business. It is their innovation, expertise

and exceptional drive that has enabled us

to deliver our MAP23 margin goal, despite

the ever-changing environment that has

been particularly challenging over the last

few years.

As part of our focus on our people, we

have established values and behaviours

that we want to foster across the Group.

These provide a platform for collaborative,

dedicated partners and problem solvers

who are passionate, accountable,

customer-centric and knowledgeable. We

are confident that, if we can live by our

values every day, our colleagues will feel

part of a team that is enabled, energised

and confident and our clients will feel

respected, supported and inspired.

#### Performance

The Group achieved a record Adjusted

EBITDA (£9.7m) and EBITDA margin (26%)

in 2023 despite the market headwinds.

These results reflect a strong contribution

across Centaur’s unique portfolio with our

flagship brands benefiting from enhanced

pricing, strong renewal rates and large

contracts with international blue-chip

corporates, supported by our other brands

which were driven by a full programme

of in-person events, quality content and

networking capabilities.

Our MAP23 strategy was launched in 2020

when businesses were still struggling

with the impact of the Covid-19 pandemic.

Despite further unexpected financial

and geopolitical headwinds, the decisive

strategic initiatives taken over the last

three years have enabled us to exceed the

ambitious profitability targets set out by

MAP23. It is particularly satisfying to see

that our Adjusted EBITDA margin for 2023

was 26%, well ahead of our MAP23 target

of 23% and more than double the margin

in 2020.

![]()

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023

www.centaurmedia.com

3

STRATEGIC REPORT

The achievement of MAP23 reflects

our continuing focus on satisfying our

customers’ needs, thus generating higher

quality revenue streams from blue-chip

customers. The revenue from Premium

Content and Training and Advisory now

represents a significantly higher proportion

of Group revenue than it did in 2020

and has driven an increase in like-for-like

revenue by nearly a third over that period

to £37.3m for the year. While this is below

the MAP23 revenue target, the shortfall is

due to the closure of some businesses and

the cessation of low margin non-strategic

products, with the underlying quality of

revenue even higher than anticipated at

the start of MAP23.

Centaur has transformed itself into a higher

quality, scalable and more robust business

which in turn has enabled it to deliver

significantly increased shareholder returns.

#### Dividend and capitalallocation

The Board believes in the long-term

fundamentals of Centaur, recognising the

importance of total shareholder returns,

and has rewarded investors by maintaining

dividend payments throughout the MAP23

period. In line with our normal dividend

policy of distributing 40% of Adjusted

retained earnings, the Board has proposed

a final dividend of 1.2 pence per share

which, when added to the interim dividend,

provides a total dividend for 2023 of

1.8 pence. The 64% increase in ordinary

dividends this year is particularly pleasing.

Additionally, the Group paid special

dividends of 5 pence per share in 2023

as the success of the MAP23 strategy

generated significantly stronger cash flows

and a more robust balance sheet. This

brings total dividends during MAP23 to 8.9

pence per share, equivalent to £12.8m,

The Group’s capital allocation policy is

based on retaining sufficient cash in the

business to fund all organic investment,

including technology and new products,

while maintaining a prudent level of funding

to cover unexpected working capital

volatility. The Group will also consider

complementary bolt-on acquisitions to

supplement its growth strategy.

#### ESG

Building on all the hard work we did last

year to improve our reporting standards

of climate-related financial information,

in 2023 we have continued to drive the

importance of ESG through our corporate

behaviours and strategic approach and

made sure these aspects remain a core

consideration in our business decisions.

The key areas of focus for us remain the

reduction of our impact on the planet and

improving the effect our business has

on our people and their development,

concentrating on ensuring we attract and

retain the best and most diverse talent.

As a corporate citizen, we were pleased to

have supported two charities in 2023 that

our employees indicated were of importance

to them and their communities – Shooting

Star Children’s Hospices and Crisis. We also

raised funds for Macmillan Cancer Support

in memory of our much-missed late friend

and colleague, Suki Thompson, and for the

Turkish Earthquake Appeal.

#### Looking ahead

The outlook remains challenging. The usual

market positivity at the start of the year

has waned and, while the inflation drag

is easing, sentiment is dominated by the

uncertain geopolitical climate both at home

and overseas.

While we start 2024 cautious of the

macroeconomic environment’s impact

on Centaur, we remain reassured by the

strategic, operational, financial and social

deliverables that we have achieved over

the last year and since 2020, despite the

tumultuous environment. Our laser focus

on creating high quality products that

serve the needs of our customers and

improving the efficiency of our business

model, means that we have created solid

foundations from which Centaur can

approach the next stage in its development

and continue to deliver the specialist

insights our customers need to succeed.

I feel sure that Centaur has the talent,

customers, strategic capability and financial

discipline to both adapt to the challenges

and realise the opportunities that lie ahead.

#### COLIN JONES

Chair

12 March 2024

![]()

www.centaurmedia.com

4

# Strategy

Brands to focus investment on

•  MW Mini MBA

•  Econsultancy

•  Influencer Intelligence

•  The Lawyer

Customer focus

•  Sell more to existing

customers

•  Optimise pricing

•  Cross-sell within Xeim

Investment

•  Systems

•  Data

•  People

New products

•  Enhanced content offerings

•  Digital subscriptions

International growth

Control of costs

Three-year plan to grow revenues to >£45m and

profit margins to 23% by 2023

An international provider of business information,

training and specialist consultancy

## MAP23

![]()

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023

www.centaurmedia.com

5

STRATEGIC REPORT

Centaur is an international provider of

business information, training and specialist

consultancy that inspires and enables

customers to excel at what they do, raising

their aspirations and delivering better

performance.

The Group’s aim is to be the ‘go to’

company in the international marketing and

legal sectors to:

•  Provide business information to

customers using data, content and

insight;

•  Offer training services through digital

initiatives and online programmes;

•  Connect specific communities through

digital media and events; and

•  Advise businesses on how to improve

their performance and ROI.

Over the past year, the Group has

performed well and has exceeded the

ambitious profitability targets set out by

MAP23 three years ago. By continuing

to invest in our key trusted brands, such

as Econsultancy, Influencer Intelligence,

MW Mini MBA and The Lawyer, we have

focused on higher quality revenue streams

generated from blue-chip customers, and

the operational leverage inherent within

Centaur’s business.

#### Margin Acceleration Plan:MAP23

The success of MAP23, more than

doubling Group profitability from an

Adjusted EBITDA Margin of 12% in 2020

to 26% in 2023, reflects our sustained

commitment to profitable revenue growth.

This has been predominantly driven by

the Group’s increase in higher quality

profitable revenue, delivering increased

gross margins while maintaining our cost

base at pre-MAP23 levels. This highlights

the operational leverage inherent within

Centaur’s business model with improved

efficiencies and lays the foundations for

long-term sustainable growth.

The revenue-driven growth in profitability in

each of the past three years demonstrates

the resilience of our business. In particular,

the continued growth in profitability through

a period of operational changes in 2022

and 2023 is a significant achievement, and

a reflection of the exceptional commitment

of our people. This year’s results reflect

the strength of the Group’s structure

and purpose as we moved towards the

completion of MAP23.

#### Revenue model

Our business model is integral to driving

the profitability and success of the Group.

We continue to focus on the higher quality

revenue streams through Xeim and The

Lawyer, being:

•  Premium Content comprising

subscription-driven paid content

services; and

•  Training and Advisory from marketing

consultancy, digital learning and online

training courses.

Our overall strategy is to create shareholder value by focusing on higher quality revenue streams to

satisfy the needs of our customers and to drive margin acceleration through our operational leverage.

Despite the uncertain macroeconomic backdrop and sector-wide challenges in both 2023 and since

the start of our MAP23 strategy in 2020, we are proud to have exceeded the profitability targets set

out in MAP23. Over the last three years, we have refocused and repurposed the business, and we are

pleased with the strong foundations for future growth we have created.

#### Looking ahead, we are determined

#### to keep driving performance beyond

#### MAP23 to become a customer-centric

#### business intelligence and learning

#### organisation with growth from organic

#### revenue, new product development

and selective bolt-on acquisitions. I

firmly believe Centaur has the talent,

strategy and financial discipline to

#### achieve its ambitious objectives.”

#### Swag Mukerji

Chief Executive Officer

![]()

www.centaurmedia.com

6

# Strategy

#### CONTINUED

Through our focus on the more significant brands in the Group, we have continued to improve the quality of our revenue with over 80%

of total revenue in 2023 coming from our higher quality Premium Content and Training and Advisory revenue streams (2020: 67%) which

have grown by 38% during MAP23.

During MAP23, revenue from outside the United Kingdom has increased from £10.0m (31% of Group revenue) in 2020 to £14.4m (38% of

Group revenue) in 2023 driven by the growth in Training and Advisory revenue.

Brand

Premium

Content

Training and

Advisory Events

Marketing

Solutions

Recruitment

Advertising

Discontinued

Operations

Xeim

Econsultancy

4 4 4 4

Influencer

Intelligence

4

MW Mini MBA

4

Festival of

Marketing

4

Oystercatchers

4 4

Marketing Week

4 4 4 4

Fashion &

Beauty Monitor

4

Foresight News

4

Creative Review

4 4 4

Really B2B /

Design Week

4

The Lawyer

4 4 4 4

Revenue 2023

(continuing) (% of total)

41% 40% 10% 6% 3% 0%

Revenue 2020\*

(% of total)

41% 26% 8% 13% 3% 9%

\* As reported

#### Revenue breakdown

The chart below shows which brands derive significant revenue from each revenue stream:

Higher quality revenue

Other revenue

80%

67%

20232020

£m

45.0

40.0

35.0

30.0

25.0

20.0

15.0

10.0

5.0

0.0

#### Revenue

![]()

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023

www.centaurmedia.com

7

STRATEGIC REPORT

Centaur’s strategy is to focus on our higher

quality revenue streams, investing in the

brands that are the cornerstone of our

business and foundation for future growth.

This will see the Group develop its

proposition as a customer-centric

intelligence business, with the mission

of building on our heritage of informing

and connecting our customers. We will do

this by providing the skills and business

intelligence to enable them to create great

organisations in changing and challenging

environments. In doing so, we will provide

tech-enabled, intelligence and learning

solutions to senior leaders of blue-chip

companies and law firms to generate high

value profitable revenue.

#### The Lawyer

The Lawyer is the most trusted brand for

the UK legal profession and a leading

provider of information to the global legal

market delivered via a scalable digital

platform. The Lawyer has built on its 37-year

heritage of delivering incisive commentary

and cutting-edge analysis of the UK legal

market, continuing to broaden its offering

to develop a more international business

providing market information to the world’s

largest law firms. This privileged position

enables it to connect law firms with the in-

house legal community in a unique way.

Its main corporate information service,

together with related subscriptions products

Signal and Litigation Tracker, are used by 91%

of the top 50 UK and top 50 US law firms

in London. The Lawyer is also expanding

geographically, developing data and content

for the Top 50 European law firms.

At The Lawyer, we will continue to drive

growth with data-led content and product

development for the top 100 law firms in

the UK and US and increase our footprint

in the European market. Its loyal customer

base enables The Lawyer to continue

to drive growth in our core information

product by adding new content areas

including legal technology and risk in 2024.

We also have plans to launch a subscription

intelligence service and a new digital

platform for subscribers, creating more

opportunities for subscribers to make use

of our content and data.

To augment our digital content, we will be

expanding our series of face-to-face forums,

designed to foster interactive conversations

so senior legal leaders can both gain

deeper insights from our content and data,

and discuss the strategic implications for

themselves and the market.

Alongside this, The Lawyer will continue to

expand the opportunities for networking

beyond our highly regarded conferences

through the launch of The Legal Leadership

Club.

#### Xeim

Xeim takes its name from ‘Excellence In

Marketing’ and its purpose is to improve

the performance of marketers. The Xeim

portfolio brings together the Group’s nine

marketing brands which are trusted by

its customers and in which there is long

standing confidence – Econsultancy,

Influencer Intelligence, MW Mini MBA,

Festival of Marketing, Marketing Week,

Creative Review, Fashion & Beauty Monitor,

Oystercatchers and Foresight News – to

support the marketing sector, providing

our customers with the advice, information

and connections needed to set themselves

apart from their peers.

#### THE LAWYER

#### XEIM

#### Our portfolio

![]()

www.centaurmedia.com

8

# Strategy

#### CONTINUED

Our industry-leading brands and experts

provide insight, analysis and proprietary

content, attracting over 5 million digital

contact points every month. Our approach

capitalises on the inherent strength of

these brands to create integrated solutions

for our international blue-chip customers.

We deliver transformational programmes

for our customers by providing diagnostic

tools, best practice guides, case studies,

thought leadership and curated learning

services to support the customer need.

Xeim can position and cross-sell multi-

brand offerings for the benefit of our

customers by understanding how the

brands interact most effectively with each

other.

Across Xeim, we will continue to cross-

sell our brands to the world’s top 200

marketing spenders to generate, in

particular, Premium Content and Training

and Advisory revenue.

#### Econsultancy

Econsultancy guides, supports and enables

customers to achieve excellence in digital

marketing and eCommerce. Its focus is on

combining learning content and thought

leadership with practical applications and

tools to support marketers.

Over the last year, we have carried out a

continued programme of improvements to

our eLearning content on the new platform,

including updating our original digital

learning course, adding four completely new

eCommerce courses, a new omnichannel

course for the Consumer Packaged Goods

available to corporate customers through

increased marketing, sales and partnership

arrangements whilst continuing to

development additional courses to meet the

demand of our customers and widen the

penetration of the market opportunity that

exists.

#### Influencer Intelligence

Influencer Intelligence provides expertise

and support to help customers:

•  Discover the right influencers from over

150,000 actively monitored social media

influencers and celebrities and attribute

driven on-site search together with

celebrity news and analysis;

•  Evaluate the fit with their brand goals

using metrics that include celebrity

equity score and social media values

as well as audience engagement,

demographics and sentiment score;

•  Plan their activations using our

rolling calendar of 4,000 events and

awareness days; and

•  Contact their chosen brand ambassador

with multiple contacts for all influencers

plus 50,000 brand and media contacts.

This results in a highly renewable

subscription product with a loyal customer

base particularly in the fashion and retail

sectors. We pride ourselves on having an

expert team to compliment the platform

and build out the news, trends, events

and verified contacts elements of the site.

Influencer Intelligence is about ‘in depth’

content on the influencers that matter.

sector and the translation of all eLearning

materials into five languages.

Looking ahead, we will provide a platform

for more lead generation, deliver new

events, build new opportunities for cross-

selling opportunities and improve renewal

rates through increased usage, creation

of new structured learning courses in

digital marketing and eCommerce, and an

eCommerce skills index.

#### MW Mini MBA

Marketing Week’s Mini MBA courses distil

the core marketing module of a full MBA

programme into easily digestible and

thoroughly engaging content with two

12-week courses in Marketing and Brand

Management with on-demand modules

prepared and moderated by Professor Mark

Ritson.

Since its launch in 2016, the MW Mini MBA

has grown to be Centaur’s largest brand

with 30,000 alumni from across the globe

driven by corporate multi-seat packages and

online sales. This year we launched our third

course, the MW Mini MBA in Management

– a course designed to give marketers the

essential skills to make it in the boardroom.

This course exceeded expectations with

400 participants for the September launch.

We have also launched a new network that

is open to the alumni of all MW Mini MBA

courses.

Looking ahead, we will expand the

number of international markets where

the MW Mini MBA courses are made

![]()

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023

www.centaurmedia.com

9

STRATEGIC REPORT

The brand will continue to focus on

improvements in the platform for customers,

such as content discovery and accessibility.

The brand is also planning to hone the

team’s focus on targeting marketing leads,

to enhance the existing renewal rates and

generate new business.

#### Other Xeim brands

Our portfolio of other brands will continue

to support Centaur’s growth and play an

important role in creating opportunities

for Xeim, through the cross-selling of our

products and services, introducing us to a

wider customer base and demonstrating

the breadth of our business information

products and services.

These include:

•  Marketing Week – for over 40 years,

the most influential source of marketing

information in the UK. In 2024, we will

continue to generate revenue from

subscriptions, proprietary research,

white papers, the annual MW Awards

event as well as marketing solutions and

lead generation services. We are also

developing the platform and content to

drive more corporate subscriptions;

•  MW Festival of Marketing – an annual

thought leadership, learning and

networking event that has become a

leading and influential event dedicated

to ambitious marketers. We plan to

discover, learn and connect with more of

our customers in-person at the Festival

and related masterclass events in

2024; and

•  Oystercatchers – as one of the

Financial Times’ most highly regarded

management consultancies in the

UK, Oystercatchers has differentiated

itself by providing best-in-class agency

pitch and business performance

transformation advice to its clients.

Due to lower customer demand in brands

with non-strategic revenue and the resulting

lack of viability of those businesses, we have

had to make some strong strategic decisions

this year, including the closure of Design

Week and Really B2B. This will further

prioritise our higher quality revenue streams

in the rest of the Group and sharpen our

focus on delivery to our key customers.

#### Mergers and acquisitions

In addition to the organic growth and new

product developments within Centaur’s

portfolio, consideration will also be given to

acquisitions that could enhance Centaur’s

existing products and services or build

new capabilities thereby refreshing and

extending product offerings for existing

customers.

#### Next steps

Following the successful achievement of

MAP23, Centaur is now preparing to embark

on the next phase of growth derived from

continuing increases in organic revenue,

developing revenue from new product

development initiatives and adding

inorganic revenue from acquisitions.

The emphasis will be on higher quality

revenue streams aligned to our objective

of being a customer-centric business

intelligence and learning organisation.

We look forward to providing further

information after the Group’s preliminary

results about how we will continue to deliver

the specialist insights for our customers that

they need to succeed.

![]()

www.centaurmedia.com

10

The last three years have been

characterised by macroeconomic

turbulence, sector headwinds and

extended impact of Covid-19. Centaur

weathered these challenges to deliver

significant improvements to the quality of

its customers, products and profitability,

aligning the business with resilient demand

for high-quality business information and

digital training services.

This year, we succeeded in generating

an Adjusted EBITDA margin of 26%,

reflecting our focus on higher quality

revenue streams and the operational

leverage inherent within our business.

This exceeded the ambitious profitability

target for 2023 set out three years ago of

23% and has been achieved substantially

through profitable revenue growth.

We are determined to keep driving

performance and growth beyond MAP23,

strengthening our position as a leading

customer-centric business intelligence

and learning organisation through organic

revenue growth including new product

development, and inorganic revenue

growth through acquisitions. We look

forward to providing more detail after the

Group’s preliminary results, setting out our

vision to deliver the specialist insights our

customers need to succeed.

#### Financial performance

In 2023, Centaur reported revenue

from continuing operations of £37.3m (a

reduction of 3% from £38.4m in 2022), and

a Group Adjusted EBITDA of £9.7m (up from

£8.5m in 2022). It was satisfying to see that

the Adjusted EBITDA margin for 2023 was

26% (up from 21% in 2022) which was well

ahead of the 23% target that we had set

three years ago and more than double the

margin of 12% in 2020, when we started

our Margin Acceleration Plan.

The Group ended the year with net cash

of £9.5m, a reduction from £16.0m last

year after paying out significant ordinary

and special dividends in 2023 totalling

£8.9m. I am pleased with the contribution

generated from the trust and confidence

that our customers have in all of our brands

and that we have continued to gain positive

momentum over the past twelve months.

Strategic and operational steps have

been taken to provide a scalable platform

for further organic profitable revenue

growth to reinforce the resilience of the

business. These include developing our

offer for customers, focusing on blue-chip

multinational clients, building our pipeline

of new business, conducting negotiations

with suppliers at a Group level and

implementing flexible reward structures to

retain and recruit top talent.

There has been a slight decrease in

employee numbers on 2022, as increases

in growth areas were offset by the

closure in December of Design Week

and ReallyB2B and reductions in other

less strategically important areas of the

business. We have also reduced our central

costs from 2022, along with our related

carbon footprint, aided by our move into a

smaller London office at the start of 2023

and will continue to control our cost base

in 2024. These steps will maintain our

operational leverage and ensure that the

business is best positioned to withstand

any wider macroeconomic uncertainty and

build on the achievements of MAP23.

#### Dividends

The Group has proposed a final dividend

of 1.2 pence per ordinary share to take

our total ordinary dividends for 2023 to

1.8 pence, now significantly above the

1.0 pence per share that we have as a

de minimis under our dividend policy. In

addition to the special dividend of 3.0

pence per share paid in February 2023, a

further special dividend of 2.0 pence per

share, was paid in March 2023, bringing

the total dividends paid out to shareholders

during 2023 to £8.9m. The total dividends

# Chief Executive’s Statement

Dear Shareholder,

This is my fifth Annual Report as CEO of Centaur and I’m

pleased with the platform for growth that our ambitious

Margin Acceleration Plan 2023 (MAP23) has provided the

Group.

#### This year’s performance

#### is the culmination of our

#### MAP23 strategy which

#### achieved its three clear

#### objectives: to implement

a simple, efficient and

scalable operating model,

#### develop high quality, trusted

products which are the

leaders in their markets,

and build the credibility of

#### Centaur’s management team

#### for delivering on its strategic

#### and financial commitments.

#### We have significantly grown

#### our profitability and built a

#### business with an impressive

#### proportion of higher quality

#### revenue, providing us with a

scalable platform for long-

#### term sustainable future

#### growth.”

#### Swag Mukerji

Chief Executive Officer

![]()

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023

www.centaurmedia.com

11

STRATEGIC REPORT

paid out to shareholders in relation to the

whole MAP23 period of 2021 to 2023 will

have been 8.9 pence or £12.8m.

#### Operational review

Centaur comprises two business units,

Xeim and The Lawyer. Xeim forms 78%

of our revenue and is focused on the

marketing sector across a wide range of

industries. The Lawyer is focused on the

legal sector and drives the other 22%.

Both sectors continue to experience

opportunities created from significant

disruption, driven by technological

advances and artificial intelligence,

structural change and globalisation. This

gives Centaur substantial competitive

advantages to build on the achievements

of MAP23 and grow in these sectors.

To enable the delivery of MAP23 and

improve the quality of revenue streams,

Centaur had prioritised investment and

resource allocation to the brands that have

been identified as key drivers of growth

across the two business units. The Lawyer

is one of these key brands, while the other

three form part of the Xeim portfolio (MW

Mini MBA, Econsultancy and Influencer

Intelligence).

Over the course of MAP23, we made

significant progress in developing

these key brands and the rest of our

brand portfolio. Our aim has been to

position each of these for further growth,

developing cross-selling opportunities

and enhancing their shared capabilities,

to enable our customers to deliver better

business outcomes through building

competitive advantage in their markets.

The MW Mini MBA successfully launched

its third course in September, the MW Mini

MBA in Management, which exceeded

expectations with 400 participants. The

brand delivered an 8% increase in revenue,

although we saw lower volumes on the two

main courses, driven by a 23% increase

in yield from discount management, price

rises at the start of the year and the launch

of the third course, which contributed

above management expectations. We

also launched a new network, open to

the alumni of all MW Mini MBA courses,

creating an online community to facilitate

peer-to-peer connections and opportunities

for development. Strengthening the

capabilities of the brand was a key focus

in the year with the recruitment of a new

Managing Director, Tim Plyming, who has

joined from the Open University.

Econsultancy continued to show its

resilience with several large blue-chip

multinational contract wins, including Sky,

John Lewis Partnership and Jaguar Land

Rover. However, Training and Advisory

revenue declined – we saw good new

customer wins and grew our digital and

learning subscription services but suffered

overall slower growth due to customer-

driven contractual and delivery delays.

A continued programme of improvements

saw the brand develop its eLearning

content on the new platform, including four

completely new eCommerce courses,

#### A selection of our clients

![]()

www.centaurmedia.com

12

# Chief Executive’s Statement

#### CONTINUED

a new Omnichannel course for the

Consumer Packaged Goods sector and

translation of all eLearning materials into

five languages. This programme extension

built on the developments in 2022 that

enabled the business to combine its

consultancy and online subscription

learning, enhancing the offer to customers.

Influencer Intelligence recorded a

small decrease in renewal rates to 84%.

Although down from 90% levels in 2022,

we were reassured by the momentum

built through the year, reaching 87% in H2.

Informed by recent insights to the needs

of customers, the brand has developed a

new product proposition of Discover (the

right influencers for you), Evaluate (how

they fit with your brand goals), Plan (your

activations) and Contact (chosen brand

ambassadors).

The Lawyer had another year of strong

performance with Premium Content

revenue growing by 9% due to corporate

subscription renewal rates of 108%

supported by Signal and Litigation Tracker,

its data-driven paid-for products. However,

Events revenue of £1.8m was down 11%

year-on-year due to shortfalls in sponsorship

across several events dampening the

overall revenue growth to 1%.

In November, we launched Horizon Live,

an interactive forum for our senior law firm

subscribers to get deeper insights from

our content and data in a live environment

and saw strong uptake. We added 85 new

corporate subscription accounts in 2023,

by developing new content for Europe,

including our ‘Passport’ newsletter, and new

content for law firms outside of the top 100,

as well as upgrading single subscriptions

to corporate accounts. Further, our podcast

has gained good traction in 2023, enabling

subscribers to listen to lively debates on

the most important issues in the market.

Looking at our portfolio of other brands, the

strategic decision to close Design Week

and Really B2B has sharpened the overall

focus of the Group, and the brands that

remain add to the customer proposition

of Xeim’s key brands. Elsewhere, we were

pleased with Oystercatchers’ success

advising customers with agency review

and selection, Marketing Week’s platform

and content development and Festival of

Marketing’s sold-out October event at The

Brewery in London.

#### People

A key part of our strategy is ensuring

that we have the right people in the

right positions to deliver our intended

growth. Over the course of 2023, Centaur

continued to strengthen its management

team. We made several excellent new

hires, including Tim Plyming who joined

as Managing Director of the Marketing

Week Mini MBA, Agata Kreutzinger as

Data Director and Nicola Moretti who took

over as Chief People Officer following the

retirement of Jacquie MacKenzie at the end

of the year.

Following the delivery of MAP23, and

replacing the existing Centaur Strategy

Group, we have set up a new Leadership

Forum to focus on the strategy, targets

and delivery of the next phase of Centaur’s

growth.

![]()

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023

www.centaurmedia.com

13

STRATEGIC REPORT

#### Looking to 2024

MAP23 has delivered three years of higher

quality revenue, EBITDA and EBITDA

margin growth. The increased share of

repeatable and higher quality revenue

streams from a higher proportion of blue-

chip customers has further reinforced the

resilience of the Group.

The Lawyer will accelerate its penetration

of UK and European law firms with

new content, a new digital platform for

subscribers, the launch of a subscription

intelligence service powered by proprietary

data and the expansion of face-to-face

forums with Horizon Live. This will enable

The Lawyer to deliver industry leading

sector intelligence in the UK market, as

well as the significantly larger opportunities

internationally.

At Xeim, developing paid content and

information via corporate packages,

subscriptions and partnerships will remain

a strategic priority, alongside our industry

leading events. Xeim’s brands will enhance

their focus on addressing the market

demand in the UK creating solutions for

the top 200 marketing spend companies

and identifying opportunities to provide

solutions to blue-chip multinational

customers.

Alongside these strategic priorities, we will

continue to extract value from back-office

synergies for Xeim and The Lawyer, across

technology, facilities and shared services.

#### Summary

I wanted to conclude by reflecting on the

progress MAP23 has delivered over the

past three years and reiterate my thanks to

everyone at Centaur for their hard work and

determination in delivering this strategy so

successfully. Profitably growing revenue

whilst doubling the margins of a Group

this size is a considerable achievement

and has taken a tremendous team effort –

particularly when set against the upheaval

that has been experienced through

Covid-19 and other macroeconomic

uncertainty.

As we look to 2024, Centaur remains

entirely focused on growth. We want

to provide the most advanced and

competitive offering in the marketplace – to

do that we will continue to build the quality

of our expertise, focus on our strategically

important revenue streams and adapt to

deliver productively and profitably what our

customers need and want.

#### SWAG MUKERJI

Chief Executive Officer

12 March 2024

![]()

www.centaurmedia.com

14

The Group has set out the following core financial and non-financial metrics to measure

the Group’s performance. The KPIs are monitored by the Board and the focus on these

measures support the successful implementation of the MAP23 strategy. These indicators

are discussed in more detail in the CEO and financial reviews.

# Key Performance Indicators

#### FINANCIAL AND NONFINANCIALFinancial

#### Underlying revenue growth/(decline)

1

#### Adjusted EBITDA margin

1

2023

2022

8%

Financial

(3)%

2023

2022

21%

26%

The growth/(decline) in revenue from continuing operations

adjusted, if applicable, to exclude the impact of event timing

differences and the revenue contribution arising from acquired or

disposed businesses.

See Chief Executive Officer’s Statement and the Financial Review

for explanation of this year’s decline.

Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of revenue where Adjusted

EBITDA is defined as Adjusted operating profit before depreciation

and impairment of tangible assets and amortisation and impairment

of intangible assets other than those acquired through a business

combination.

The continued improvement in margin reflects the increase in

higher quality revenue streams together with the impact of the

Group’s operational leverage.

#### Adjusted diluted EPS

1

#### Cash conversion

1

2023

2022

2.6 pence

### 4.2 pence

2023

2022

99%

80%

Diluted earnings per share calculated using the Adjusted earnings,

as set out in note 9 to the financial statements.

The 62% increase in EPS reflects the increase in post-tax

profitability.

The percentage by which Adjusted operating cash flow covers

Adjusted EBITDA as set out in the financial performance review.

The cash conversion in 2023 was impacted by adverse movements

in working capital compared to the level achieved in 2022.

1

See definitions in Financial Review on page 22.

![]()

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023

www.centaurmedia.com

15

STRATEGIC REPORT

#### Non-financial

#### Attendance at Festival of Marketing Delegates on MW Mini MBA course

2023

2022

920

998

8%

Non-financial

2023

2022

6,409

5,709

Number of unique delegates attending the Festival of Marketing

event in October.

This year’s event reached the capacity of the venue. The number

of paid delegates increased compared to 2022.

Number of delegates on MW Mini MBA courses.

There was a decrease in the number of delegates on the two main

courses but 2023 also includes delegates on the new Management

course launched in September. Yield per delegate was however

significantly higher in 2023.

#### Xeim customers >£50k Top 250 law firm customers

2023

2022

81 (£11.6m)

71 (£10.1m)

2023

2022

144 (£3.2m)

149 (£3.4m)

Number and value of Xeim customers with sales greater than

£50,000.

The focus on higher value accounts continued in 2023, although

reduced revenue from advisory contracts relates to the decrease

in the number of higher paying customers. The average value of

these accounts was maintained year on year.

Number and value of revenue from top 200 UK law firms and top

50 US law firms.

The focus on higher value accounts continued in 2023 with a 24%

increase in the average value of these accounts.

![]()

www.centaurmedia.com

16

# Performance

#### FINANCIAL REVIEW

During the three-year strategy period, the

Group has faced challenges posed by the

pandemic and wide-ranging economic

uncertainties. However, through these

challenging times, Centaur has grown

continuing revenue by 27% since 2020 and

the proportion of higher quality revenue

from Premium Content and Training and

Advisory has now increased to 80%,

compared to 67% at the start of MAP23. The

aim of reaching £45m of revenue during

MAP23 was not realised due to the closure

of two businesses and the drag on growth

from non-strategic Recruitment Advertising

and Marketing Solutions revenue.

During 2023 Centaur has increased its

higher quality revenue from Premium

Content and Training and Advisory by 3%.

However, macroeconomic headwinds

impacted the Group’s non-strategic revenue,

resulting in a decrease in revenue from

continuing operations of 3% from 2022.

A combination of careful cost management

and the proportionally greater contribution

from higher quality revenue has contributed

to a decrease of 11% in the Group’s

operating expenses, resulting in Adjusted

EBITDA of £9.7m at a 26% margin, up from

£8.1m and 21% in 2022.

During 2023 the difficult decision was made

to close our Really B2B and Design Week

businesses, which struggled to maintain their

revenue and profitability in an economic

downturn. The results of these businesses

have been presented in discontinued

operations. The Financial Review in this

Annual Report focuses on continuing

operations, unless otherwise specified.

#### Performance

#### Group

Statutory revenue fell by £1.1m to £37.3m in

2023, a decrease of 3%. Xeim decreased

4% whereas The Lawyer increased 1%.

Revenue generated from outside the UK

remained steady at 38% (2022: 38%) with

an increase of 25% in revenue from the

Rest of the World offset by decreases in all

other regions.

Adjusted EBITDA increased by 19% from

£8.1m to £9.7m at a margin of 26% (2022:

21%). This improved margin was on slightly

decreased revenue, demonstrating the

contribution provided by our higher quality

revenue streams, resolute cost control and

improved efficiencies within the Group.

The Group posted an increase of 54%

in adjusted operating profit to £7.6m

(2022: £4.9m) as a result of the increase

in adjusted EBITDA in addition to a lower

IFRS 16 depreciation expense since the

move to a smaller office in 2023. The

Group achieved an adjusted profit after

taxation of £6.4m (2022: £3.7m) resulting in

an impressive 62% increase in fully diluted

adjusted earnings per share to 4.2 pence

per share.

Despite an increase in EBITDA, a focus

on cash management and healthy cash

collections from customers, during 2023

net cash

1

balances decreased from £16.0m

to £9.5m, most significantly due to ordinary

and special dividend payments of £8.9m as

well as payment of exceptional costs and

lower working capital balances.

1

Net cash is the total of cash and cash equivalents and

short-term deposits.

Overview

2023 marks the final year of our three-year MAP23

strategy, which focused on revenue and profit growth and

the achievement of an Adjusted EBITDA margin of 23% in

2023. I am pleased to report that this margin objective was

exceeded in 2023, where a 26% Adjusted EBITDA margin

has been achieved, more than double the margin of 12% in

2020 which was the base year for the strategy.

Proactive and

#### meticulousmonitoring of our

#### trading and related

#### key metrics during

#### the year has enabled

#### us to exceed our

#### MAP23 Adjusted

#### EBITDA margin

#### ambition.”

#### Simon Longfield

Chief Financial Officer

![]()

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023

www.centaurmedia.com

17

STRATEGIC REPORT

#### Xeim

Xeim’s revenue for 2023 was £28.9m,

a decrease of 4% from £30.1m in 2022.

Premium Content in 2023 remained flat

with modest growth in Econsultancy and

Marketing Week offset by slight declines

in other brands in a tough environment for

both renewals and new business.

Revenue from Training and Advisory

showed modest year-on-year growth

of 3% as a result of a robust trading

performance by Oystercatchers and from

a continued increase in MW Mini MBA

revenue. Conversely, delays by customers

for both engagement and delivery caused

a significant year-on-year shortfall for

Econsultancy.

The planned return to one single physical

Festival of Marketing Event in October,

after multiple virtual and hybrid events in

prior years, caused an expected decline

in Events revenue of 18% year-on-year,

although as a result of this focus, the

October event achieved a 37% increase in

revenue.

Recruitment Advertising of £0.1m was

weak throughout the year and fell 59%

from 2022. This has been a long-term

non-strategic revenue stream for Xeim

and a decision has been made to exit this

revenue stream going forward.

Marketing Solutions saw a year-on-year

decline of 33% with low spend from

customers facing an increasingly tough

market environment.

Xeim posted an Adjusted EBITDA of £9.0m

for the year, an increase of 10% from £8.1m

in 2022. This was driven by improving

revenue margins and a 10% decrease in

operating costs.

Econsultancy’s momentum in 2022 met

headwinds in 2023 particularly in Training

and Advisory after delays on the customer

side, leading to a 14% revenue decline year-

on-year. We expect to gain the revenue

benefit of these delays in 2024 as we

continue to deliver valuable consultancy

to our blue-chip international customers.

In Premium Content we continue to invest

in Econsultancy’s blended multi-touch

learning strategy to aid the recovery of

subscription renewal rates which stand at

72% (2022: 82%) and new business.

Influencer Intelligence benefitted in 2022

from the recovery of the retail and fashion

industries. In 2023 this improvement

plateaued with a small decrease in renewal

rates to 84% (2022: 90%), partially upheld

by maintaining the performance of new

business in line with 2022. The resulting

revenue saw a decline of 5% year-on-year.

The MW Mini MBA continued to grow

with revenue up 8% driven by a 23% yield

increase, but total delegate numbers

declining by 12%. MW Mini MBA retains

excellent Net Promoter Scores of over

+65 on all four of the Marketing and Brand

course cohorts in 2023 and strong loyalty

from recurring corporate customers. A

third MW Mini MBA in Management course

was launched in 2023, with its first cohort

in September seeing 400 delegates

and revenue performing well above

expectations.

Of our other Xeim brands, revenue

declined by 6% year-on-year, with slightly

lower renewal rates for Fashion Monitor

and a decline in Marketing Solutions

revenue for both Marketing Week and

Creative Review, in addition to the planned

reduction to one Festival of Marketing

event. These shortfalls were partially offset

by an extremely pleasing performance in

Oystercatchers which grew revenue by

almost 50% as more branded customers

reviewed their advertising agencies.

During 2023 the difficult decision was

made to close our Really B2B and Design

Week businesses, which saw lower

revenue and profitability in an economic

downturn due to the loss of key customers.

The results of these businesses have been

presented in discontinued operations.

#### The Lawyer

Revenue for The Lawyer grew by 1%.

Premium Content revenue showed strong

growth of 9% primarily from TheLawyer.com

corporate subscriptions performance with

an impressive renewal rate of 108% (2022:

116%) bolstered by new business more

than doubling from 2022. This resulted in

the book of business growing by 16% and

customer volume by 18%. The renewal

rate for Signal remained strong at 97%

(2022: 102%) and despite new business

being lower than expectations the book of

business has grown 9% year-on-year.

The Lawyer retains a significant penetration

of the top 100 law firms of 91% (2022:

90%) demonstrating the value delivered

to our customers and continues to gain

penetration into the next tier of top 150 UK

law firms.

The Lawyer ran a series of successful

conferences, roundtables and awards

during 2023, although Events revenue

of £1.8m was down 11% year-on-year with

shortfalls in sponsorship across a number

of conference events. Marketing Solutions

also had a difficult year with a 25% decline

in revenue. Recruitment advertising stayed

materially flat year-on-year and although

being a non-strategic revenue stream for

Centaur as a whole, remains valuable for

The Lawyer as a source of connectivity with

its audience.

This led to a rise in adjusted EBITDA from

£3.0m in 2022 to £3.4m in 2023 at a

margin of 41%. The underlying business is

performing strongly with resilient renewal

rates and continued engagement by users

indicating how important The Lawyer is to

leading law firms and their fee earners.

#### Measurement andnon-statutory adjustments

The statutory results of the Group are

presented in accordance with UK-adopted

International Accounting Standards

(IFRS). The Group also uses alternative

reporting and other non-GAAP measures as

explained below and as defined in the table

at the end of this section.

#### Adjusting items

Adjusted results are not intended to

replace statutory results but are prepared

to provide a better comparison of the

Group’s core business performance by

removing the impact of certain items from

the statutory results. The Directors believe

that adjusted results and adjusted earnings

per share are the most appropriate way

to measure the Group’s operational

performance because they are comparable

to the prior year and consequently

management review the results of the

Group on an adjusted basis internally.

![]()

www.centaurmedia.com

18

# Performance

#### FINANCIAL REVIEW CONTINUED

Note

2023

£m

Re-presented

2022

£m

Statutory operating profit 6.1 3.5

Adjusting items:

Exceptional costs 4 0.3 0.1

Amortisation of acquired intangible assets 11 0.1 0.5

Share-based payments 23 1.1 0.8

Adjusted operating profit 7.6 4.9

Depreciation and amortisation 3 2.1 3.2

Adjusted EBITDA  9.7 8.1

Adjusted EBITDA margin 26% 21%

Adjusting items from continuing operations of £1.5m in the year (2022: £1.4m) are comprised as follows:

Adjusting item Description

Exceptional costs Exceptional costs of £0.3m relate to strategic restructuring of

the Group as it prepares for the next phase of growth following

MAP23. In 2022, exceptional costs of £0.1m relate to the office

lease termination fee less the gain on remeasurement of the office

lease.

Amortisation of acquired intangible assets Amortisation of acquired intangible assets of £0.1m (2022: £0.5m)

has fallen as certain assets have become fully amortised.

Share-based payments Share-based payments of £1.1m increased in the year due to

an additional year of LTIP issuance to members of the Centaur

Strategy Group (2022: £0.8m).

Statutory operating profit from continuing operations reconciles to adjusted operating profit and adjusted EBITDA as follows:

![]()

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023

www.centaurmedia.com

19

STRATEGIC REPORT

#### Segment profit

Segmental profit is reported to improve clarity around performance and consists of the gross contribution for the Xeim and The Lawyer

Business Units less specific overheads and allocations of the central support teams and overheads that are directly related to each

Business Unit. Any costs not attributable to either Xeim or The Lawyer, remain as part of Central costs.

The table below shows the statutory revenue from continuing operations, which is the same as the underlying revenue, for each

Business Unit:

Re-presented

1

Xeim

2023

£m

The

Lawyer

2023

£m

Total

2023

£m

Xeim

2022

£m

The

Lawyer

2022

£m

Total

2022

£m

Revenue

Premium Content 10.0 5.2 15.2 10.0 4.7 14.7

Training and Advisory 14.8 – 14.8 14.4 – 14.4

Events 2.1 1.8 3.9 2.6 2.0 4.6

Marketing Solutions 1.9 0.4 2.3 2.9 0.6 3.5

Recruitment Advertising 0.1 1.0 1.1 0.2 1.0 1.2

Total statutory revenue 28.9 8.4 37.3 30.1 8.3 38.4

Revenue growth (4)% 1% (3)%

1

See note 1(a) for description of the prior year re-presentation.

The table below reconciles the adjusted operating profit/(loss) for each segment to the adjusted EBITDA:

Re-presented

1

Xeim

2023

£m

The Lawyer

2023

£m

Central

2023

£m

Total

2023

£m

Xeim

2022

£m

The Lawyer

2022

£m

Central

2022

£m

Total

2022

£m

Revenue 28.9 8.4 – 37.3 30.1 8.3 – 38.4

Adjusted net operating expenses (21.4) (5.4) (2.9) (29.7) (24.3) (5.9) (3.3) (33.5)

Adjusted operating profit/(loss) 7.5 3.0 (2.9) 7.6 5.8 2.4 (3.3) 4.9

Adjusted operating margin 26% 36% 20% 19% 29% 13%

Depreciation and amortisation  1.5 0.4 0.2 2.1 2.3 0.6 0.3 3.2

Adjusted EBITDA 9.0 3.4 (2.7) 9.7 8.1 3.0 (3.0) 8.1

Adjusted EBITDA margin 31% 40% 26% 27% 36% 21%

1

See note 1(a) for description of the prior year re-presentation.

#### Net finance costs

Net finance costs were £nil (2022: £0.1m). The Group held positive cash balances throughout the year and therefore, in both 2023 and

2022, finance costs mainly relate to the commitment fee payable for the revolving credit facility and interest on lease payments for right-

of-use assets. In 2023 this was offset by interest income of £0.3m (2022: £0.1m) on cash and short-term deposits.

#### Taxation

A tax charge of £0.8m (2022 re-presented: £0.9m) has been recognised on continuing operations for the year. The adjusted tax charge

was £1.2m (2022 re-presented: £1.2m). The Company’s profits were taxed in the UK at a blended rate of 23.5% (2022: 19.0%), but the

resulting adjusted tax charge is at an effective tax rate of 16% due mainly to a tax credit in respect of prior years of £0.4m on tax losses for

which the deferred tax asset has now been recognised at a rate of 25%, being the future rate of tax in the UK from April 2023. See note 7

for a reconciliation between the statutory reported tax charge and the adjusted tax charge.

![]()

www.centaurmedia.com

20

# Performance

#### FINANCIAL REVIEW CONTINUEDDiscontinued operations

In 2023, discontinued operations relate to the closure of Really B2B and Design Week due to the economic downturn and loss of key

customers. The 2022 comparatives include the re-presentation of Really B2B and Design Week into discontinued operations within the

reported statutory results for the Group. See note 8 for further details.

Discontinued

2023

£m

Discontinued

2022

£m

Continuing

2022

£m

As reported

2022

£m

Revenue 2.0 3.2 38.4 41.6

Adjusted net operating expenses (2.0) (2.8) (33.5) (36.3)

Adjusted operating profit – 0.4 4.9 5.3

Adjusting items (0.5) (0.1) (1.3) (1.4)

Operating (loss)/profit (0.5) 0.3 3.6 3.9

Net finance costs –  – (0.1) (0.1)

(Loss)/profit before tax (0.5) 0.3 3.5 3.8

Taxation – (0.1) (0.9) (1.0)

(Loss)/profit after tax (0.5) 0.2 2.6 2.8

#### Earnings per share

The Group has delivered adjusted diluted earnings per share for the year of 4.2 pence (2022: 2.6 pence). Diluted earnings per share

for the year were 3.2 pence (2022: 1.8 pence). Full details of the earnings per share calculations can be found in note 9 to the financial

statements.

#### Dividends

Under the Group’s dividend policy, Centaur targets a pay-out ratio of 40% of adjusted retained earnings, subject to a minimum dividend of

1.0 pence per share per annum.

Therefore, the Group has proposed a final dividend of 1.2 pence per ordinary share in respect of 2023. This brings the total ordinary

dividends relating to 2023 to 1.8 pence (2022: 1.1 pence) per ordinary share, the second year in a row that we will have paid above the

1.0 pence per share minimum due to the increasing profitability of the Group.

The final ordinary dividend is subject to shareholder approval at the Annual General Meeting and, if approved, will be paid on

24 May 2024 to all ordinary shareholders on the register at the close of business on 10 May 2024.

#### Cash flow

2023

£m

2022

£m

Adjusted operating profit 7.6 5.3

Depreciation and amortisation 2.1 3.2

Movement in working capital (1.9) (0.1)

Adjusted operating cash flow 7.8 8.4

Capital expenditure (2.1) (1.4)

Cash impact of adjusting items (0.5) (0.2)

Taxation (1.6) –

Repayment of lease obligations and net interest paid (0.8) (1.9)

Free cash flow 2.8 4.9

Purchase of own shares and payments on share options exercised (0.4) (0.6)

Dividends paid to Company’s shareholders (8.9) (1.4)

(Decrease)/increase in net cash

1

(6.5) 2.9

Opening net cash

1

16.0 13.1

Closing net cash

1

9.5 16.0

Cash conversion

1

80% 99%

1

Net cash is the total of cash and cash equivalents and short-term deposits.

![]()

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023

www.centaurmedia.com

21

STRATEGIC REPORT

Adjusted operating cash flow is not a

measure defined by IFRS. Centaur defines

adjusted operating cash flow as cash flow

from operations excluding the impact of

adjusting items. The Directors use this

measure to assess the performance of

the Group as it excludes volatile items not

related to the core trading of the Group

and includes the Group’s management

of capital expenditure. A reconciliation

between cash flow from operations and

adjusted operating cash flow is shown in

note 1(b) to the financial statements.

The cash conversion of 80% (2022: 99%)

has been adjusted to exclude these one-

off items. The cash conversion in 2023

decreased from historical levels as a result

of negative working capital movements

for lower accrued costs, lower deferred

revenue balances and the timing of cash

payments, although the conversion rate

is expected to return to normal historical

levels going forward. Over the MAP23

period, Centaur has generated £14.2m of

free cash flow with a cash conversion rate

of 109%.

#### Financing and bankcovenants

On 16 March 2021 the Group signed a

revolving credit facility with NatWest which

allows the Group to borrow up to £10m

and has a three-year duration with the

option of two further one-year periods. On

5 December 2022, management exercised

the option to extend for the first further

one-year period. On 19 February 2024,

management exercised the option to extend

for the second further one-year period until

31 March 2026. The Group has not drawn

down any borrowings under the facility.

#### Balance sheet

2023

£m

2022

£m

Goodwill and other intangible assets 44.7 43.8

Property, plant and equipment 2.2 0.4

Deferred taxation 1.9 1.6

Deferred income (8.4) (8.9)

Other current assets and liabilities (4.0) (4.1)

Non-current assets and liabilities (0.8) –

Net assets before cash 35.6 32.8

Net cash

1

9.5 16.0

Net assets 45.1 48.8

1

Net cash is the total of cash and cash equivalents and short-term deposits.

Goodwill and other intangibles have

increased by £0.9m as a result of

investment in capital expenditure to

support profitable revenue growth

initiatives. Property, plant and equipment

has increased by £1.8m predominantly due

to the cessation of the previous property

lease on 31 December 2022 meaning the

right-of-use asset was disposed of, with the

right-of-use asset for the new lease being

recognised on 1 January 2023.

Deferred income has decreased by £0.5m

mainly as a result of slower renewals

and new business on premium content

subscriptions. Other current and non-

current liabilities have increased by £0.7m

predominately due to the recognition of the

new lease liability on 1 January 2023.

#### Going concern

After due consideration, as required under

IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements,

of the Group’s forecasts for at least twelve

months from the date of this report and

the effectiveness of risk management

processes, the Directors have concluded

that it is appropriate to continue to adopt

the going concern basis in the preparation

of the consolidated financial statements for

the year ended 31 December 2023.

As detailed under the Risk Management

section, the Directors have assessed the

viability of the Group over a three-year

and nine-month period to December

2027 and the Directors have a reasonable

expectation that the Company will be

able to continue in operation and meet its

liabilities as they fall due over that period.

#### Conclusion

Centaur has exceeded its adjusted

EBITDA margin objective set out under

MAP23 for 2023, despite a difficult trading

environment for revenue growth. The

culmination of our three-year Margin

Acceleration Plan strategy sees Centaur

with a solid platform for future growth,

a very high proportion of higher quality

revenue, a controlled cost base, effective

cash management and efficient processes.

The next stage of Centaur’s journey to

become a customer-centric business

intelligence and learning organisation

is about to get under way and we look

forward to providing more detail on this

following the preliminary results.

#### SIMON LONGFIELD

Chief Financial Officer

12 March 2024

![]()

www.centaurmedia.com

22

# Performance

#### ALTERNATIVE PERFORMANCE MEASURES

Measure Definition

Adjusted EBITDA Adjusted operating profit before depreciation and impairment of tangible assets and amortisation and

impairment of intangible assets other than those acquired through a business combination.

Adjusted EBITDA margin Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of revenue.

Adjusted EPS EPS calculated using adjusted profit for the period.

Adjusting items Items as set out in the statement of consolidated income and notes 1(b) and 4 of the financial

statements including exceptional items, amortisation of acquired intangible assets, profit/(loss) on

disposal of assets, share-based payment expense, volatile items predominantly relating to investment

activities and other separately reported items.

Adjusted net operating expenses Net operating expenses excluding adjusting items.

Adjusted operating profit Operating profit excluding adjusting items.

Adjusted profit before tax Profit before tax excluding adjusting items.

Adjusted retained earnings Profit for the year excluding adjusting items.

Adjusted tax charge Tax charge excluding the tax charge on adjusted items.

Cash conversion Adjusted operating cash flow (excluding any one-off significant cash flows) / adjusted EBITDA.

Exceptional items Items where the nature of the item, or its magnitude, is material and likely to be non-recurring in

nature as shown in note 4.

Free cash flow Increase/decrease in cash for the year before the impact of debt, acquisitions, disposals, dividends

and share repurchases.

Net cash The total of cash and cash equivalents and short-term deposits.

Segment profit Adjusted operating profit of a segment after allocation of centrally managed overheads that are

directly related to each segment or business unit.

Underlying revenue Statutory revenue adjusted to exclude the impact of revenue arising from acquired businesses,

disposed businesses that do not meet the definition of discontinued operations per IFRS 5, and

closed business lines (‘excluded revenue’).

![]()

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023

www.centaurmedia.com

23

STRATEGIC REPORT

# Section 172 Statement

Centaur’s success is built on the strength of our stakeholder relationships. The Board prioritises frequent and open engagement with all

our stakeholders and their views, values and suggestions are at the heart of our decision-making process. In 2023, these interactions

were a key input to our strategic choices in the context of the tougher trading conditions and in the difficult decision to close two of our

brands. Taking into consideration the factors set out in Section 172(1)(a) to (f) of the Companies Act 2006, the table below outlines who our

key stakeholders are and how we interact with them when making key decisions for the long-term benefit of the Group. This should be

read in conjunction with our ESG report on pages 27 to 37.

Stakeholder Group How we engage? Why we engage? What matters to this Group?

Investors Formal documented investor

roadshow meetings, post results

presentations and market updates,

as well as other ad hoc investor

meetings.

Paid-for research, including video

interviews, available to all investors

via our website and distributed via

press releases and email.

Annual General Meeting.

Consultation prior, during and

post strategic decision making or

execution.

Our investors are integral to

monitoring and safeguarding the

governance of the Group and

increasing shareholder value is one

of our major focus areas.

We work to ensure that our

investors and their representatives

have a good understanding of,

and are supportive of, our strategy,

business model, opportunity, culture

and approach to ESG.

Strategy and business model.

Long term share value growth and a

sustainable dividend policy.

Financial stability and clear

communication.

An engaged and proactive Board

who take investors’ views into

account in decision making.

ESG performance.

Customers Every day we interact with a wide

variety of existing and potential

customers through marketing and

sales processes, through delivery

of services and from face-to-face

interaction at events. This is with

a view to understanding customer

requirements and feedback, to

manage their expectations and

to generate long term profitable

revenue.

Our purpose is to enable ambitious

leaders to see around corners

and deliver change. To ensure our

customers are satisfied with our

offering and that we increase our

higher quality revenue, it is vital that

we obtain feedback to understand

their requirements and adapt our

offering to their needs.

The customer experience and overall

customer satisfaction.

A provider that listens and adapts

products to their needs.

Innovative products which deliver

enhanced value.

![]()

www.centaurmedia.com

24

# Section 172 Statement

#### CONTINUED

Stakeholder Group How we engage? Why we engage? What matters to this Group?

Employees DICE (Diversity, Inclusion, Culture and

Engagement) panel was established

in 2019 so that all employees have a

voice and their views are considered.

More detail of the work undertaken

by DICE is provided in the ESG report.

Monthly Executive Committee

meetings and regular senior

leadership and team meetings held

virtually and in-person.

Xeim’s brands and The Lawyer hold

Town Halls to which all Centaur

employees are welcome. Hybrid

company-wide Town Hall sessions

every two months to update

employees on business and people

issues, celebrate success through the

Heroes initiative and an open Q&A

session.

Six Kaizen working groups have

delivered improvements to key

processes to enhance the colleague

experience.

A weekly online sense check

questionnaire ‘Engage’ measures

employees’ motivation and levels of

engagement providing line managers

with quarterly Engage scores to

facilitate action plans to support team

members.

An annual employment survey is sent

out by DICE and actions to address

issues are agreed.

Annual appraisals and increased

focus on ensuring that all employees

had objectives set at the beginning

of 2023.

We held a successful Wellness

Fortnight with a range of sessions

focusing on combatting the loneliness

epidemic, making smart food choices,

healthy digital habits, pensions and

finances, and the importance of

health screening. This culminated in a

company-wide wellbeing day.

Our diverse workforce of 245

employees (at 31 December 2023)

is our most important asset and our

success depends on their commitment

and job fulfilment. It is vital to ensure

that we take their needs into account

in our strategic decision making.

To ensure that communication is

clear and broadcast throughout

the Company, so all employees

understand the purpose and

objectives of Centaur.

The Company is working hard to drive

its status as a destination employer

by creating the right environment

and culture and focusing on the right

benefits and processes.

Opportunities for career development

and progression.

Agile working patterns.

A hybrid working model with

employees typically attending the

office two days per week is now

embedded. Brand days are in place

to maximise the impact of days in the

office.

The move to the new smaller office

footprint at the beginning of 2023

has been a success creating a more

collaborative and energised working

environment.

An understanding management team

who listens to employees and are

considerate of their views and values.

Opportunity to share ideas and make a

difference.

Diversity and inclusion.

Centaur’s ESG commitments.

![]()

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023

www.centaurmedia.com

25

STRATEGIC REPORT

Stakeholder Group How we engage? Why we engage? What matters to this Group?

Strategic suppliers The Company has meetings with

suppliers as appropriate, together

with negotiations on the terms and

conditions of supply.

Strategic suppliers underpin several

key business operations. Strategic

decisions consider the impact

on these suppliers, in terms of

capability, scale, value for money

and risk.

To ensure that the Company can

comply with agreed terms and

conditions.

Centaur’s values and its high

standards of business conduct.

Security of data and personal

information.

Innovation and product development.

Community The Company supports local

communities and charitable

organisations through direct

fundraising and donations. During

2023, the Company supported

Shooting Star Children’s Hospices

and Crisis as its nominated charities.

Additional fundraising took place

for Turkey Mozaik Foundation, in

support of the people of Turkey

and Syria following the catastrophic

earthquake in February 2023, and

Macmillan Cancer Support following

the loss of our dear friend and

colleague Suki Thompson. A total of

£16,275 was raised (2022: £5,000)

of which the Company contributed

£9,150 (2022: £2,550).

To be a good corporate citizen and

give back to the communities and

charities that are important to our

employees and to the Company.

Time, resource and donations from

corporate companies that assist the

aims of these organisations.

Government and

regulators

The Board’s intention is to behave

responsibly and comply with all

applicable laws and regulations to

ensure that the business operates

with integrity, transparency and

accountability, and acts with high

standards and good governance.

In doing so, we believe we will

achieve our long-term business

strategy and develop our reputation

further in our sector.

To ensure that the business operates

in a legal and transparent manner,

in compliance with the spirit of all

applicable laws and regulations.

![]()

Stakeholder Closure of Really B2B and Design Week in December 2023

Overview The economic downturn and other external factors significantly impacted the financial performance of Really B2B

in 2023 and, along with inflationary pressures on its costs, this resulted in a substantial decrease in its year-on-

year revenue and profit. As we were unable to secure longer term new business or renew certain contracts with

key customers, it became clear in the fourth quarter of 2023 that the business had become untenable. Therefore,

the decision was taken to close Really B2B at the end of 2023.

For many years the main revenue stream for Design Week had been recruitment advertising but given the drop

in market demand and ongoing decline in this area, the business model was no longer viable as the cost of

production became higher than the revenue being generated. Revenue also included display advertising and

partnerships, which has similarly been declining in recent years. Management concluded that even with the

provision of more dedicated resource, these areas would not bolster the operational performance enough to

improve the overall long-term profit outlook for this brand. Therefore, the decision was taken to also close Design

Week in December 2023.

Investors A key driver of the Board’s decision to close the two businesses was to protect the future financial prospects

of Centaur including the drag on EBITDA margin in 2024 from the two loss making businesses. In addition,

the revenue generated by these businesses was not strategically important or one of the higher quality

revenue streams.

Customers The team carried out project planning to serve out the remainder of the Really B2B client contracts and handover

any current projects having provided customers with the appropriate notice of the business’ closure.

Having announced the closure of the brand on its website, Design Week did a showcase of some of its work and

highlights from the last 38 years for its customers.

Employees As there were more than 20 roles impacted by the closure of Really B2B, we elected employee representatives

and engaged in collective consultation. Individual consultations also took place and the outcome meetings were

held in early December. Redeployment opportunities in other parts of the Group were explored, with one senior

member of the team successfully securing a vacant permanent role and another member being placed in a

maternity cover role.

The closure of Design Week impacted 2 permanent roles, which were made redundant and again other vacant

roles in the Group were explored.

Support was provided for CV writing, job searching and interview techniques for all employees that were made

redundant.

Strategic suppliers The team ensured that all suppliers were kept informed, given the appropriate notice and paid in full for goods

and services provided.

Communities We understand that many of the employees made redundant in the two businesses have obtained other

employment and that communities will not have been significantly impacted, especially in the Portsmouth area

where most Really B2B employees were based.

Government and

regulators

The closures were executed in compliance with all government and legal regulation, including appropriate

deductions for taxation in relation to redundancy payments.

www.centaurmedia.com

26

# Section 172 Statement

#### STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT CASE STUDY

![]()

#### Environmental

#### Climate

Centaur recognises the need for continued

focus on reducing its environmental

impact and developing a more sustainable

business, as well as the importance of

transparency in the reporting of its climate-

related risks and opportunities to its key

stakeholders, including shareholders,

customers and employees. As a provider

of business-to-business (B2B) information,

online training and specialist consultancy,

with services which are predominantly

digital in nature and people-orientated,

Centaur’s exposure to climate-related risk

is less than that of businesses operating in

many other sectors. However, as our climate

materiality assessment demonstrates, this

does not mean that the business is immune

from the effects of climate change, including

the environmental impact on activities such

as in-person events.

In recognition of this, during 2023, Centaur

has continued to improve the quality of its

compliance with the recommendations of the

TCFD across the four pillars of Governance,

Strategy, Risk management and Metrics and

Targets, as detailed more fully below.

Centaur’s response to the

#### recommendations of the Task

#### Force on Climate-related

#### Disclosures (‘TCFD’)

In 2023, Centaur has complied with the

requirements of LR 9.8.6R by making

climate-related financial disclosures

consistent with all TCFD recommendations

except for the financial component of the

second recommended disclosure of Strategy

and the third recommended disclosure of

Metrics and Targets. Centaur is committed

to working towards improving its disclosure

in line with UK regulatory requirements.

Centaur is aware of the proposed upcoming

regulatory changes (with the Task Force

on Climate-related Financial Disclosures

having been disbanded in October 2023)

and will be considering the ISSB Standards

(as defined below) and its reporting

requirements while the UK government

works towards the development of the UK

Sustainability Disclosure Standards, before

making a decision on how to approach

disclosures for 2024.

#### Governance

•  Describe the Board’s oversight

of climate-related risks and

opportunities

The Board, together with the Executive

Committee, has overall responsibility and

accountability for climate related risks

and opportunities impacting the Group.

Through the Audit Committee and the Risk

Management approach (see page 49), the

Board has oversight of the climate-related

risks to the business and is responsible

for the mitigations in place for managing

these. The Board also has oversight of

Centaur’s Environmental and CSR Policy

and, through its Non-Executive Director

sponsor, Carol Hosey, the environmental

initiatives organised by Centaur’s employee

engagement committee, DICE.

Centaur benefits from the climate-related

knowledge and experience of its Directors,

particularly through their directorships of

other listed companies which have TCFD

obligations, supported by Exco and other

senior managers.

In 2023, the Board achieved its 2022 goal

of considering climate-related matters at

least once annually, either as a standalone

agenda item or under the umbrella of

ESG, and attending at least one climate-

related webinar to further build upon its

knowledge of climate-related issues. The

Board also considered climate with regards

to Centaur’s strategic plans and budgets as

well as the suitability of Centaur’s climate

key performance indicators.

In 2023, Centaur also assessed several

different options for delivery of some

focused climate-related risk training to the

Board and it commits to delivering such

training during 2024.

The Board recognises the need for Centaur

to develop a net zero target, an action

which Centaur’s management started to

investigate during 2023 and intends to

explore further during 2024 having more

accurately assessed the impact of its

operations on the climate.

•  Describe management’s role in

assessing and managing climate-

related risks and opportunities

Centaur has a clear governance structure for

the assessment and management of climate-

related risks, as shown in the organogram

above. To ensure that this governance

structure remains fit for purpose, Centaur

commits to reviewing it at least once

annually, as it did during 2023, and adapting

it accordingly where necessary.

The Board has delegated the day-to-day

operational management of climate-related

risks and opportunities to the Executive

Committee, although we expect all

employees in senior management positions

to take responsibility for managing climate-

related risks and opportunities, including

escalating any material risks to the

Executive Committee where necessary.

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023

www.centaurmedia.com

27

STRATEGIC REPORT

# Environmental, Social and Governance

#### Centaur’s Climate Governance Structure

Continually adapting to the risks

Informing

Reporting

The Board

Audit Committee

Executive Committee

Climate Steering Committee

(Legal, Finance, Company Secretary,

Event Operations, Data, DICE)

![]()

Centaur has a dedicated Climate

Steering Committee which reports to the

Executive Committee. The Committee

is chaired by the Head of Legal and has

representation and input from key internal

functions, as detailed in the organogram

above, as well as members of Centaur’s

employee engagement committee, DICE.

To strengthen its reporting line to the

Executive Committee, the Committee now

also includes an Executive Committee

member, the Chief Technology Officer.

The Committee’s primary purpose is

to oversee sustainability initiatives and

make recommendations to the Executive

Committee regarding Centaur’s climate

strategy. It acts as a forum for sharing

climate-related learning and ensuring

effective communication between

colleagues with regard to Centaur’s

climate strategy. In 2023, the Committee

met twice formally and members met at

least quarterly on a more informal basis

with regard to key areas of focus. These

included a cross-company approach to

more sustainable events practices and how

best to upskill our employees in relation to

climate and sustainability. The Committee

formally reported to the Board on its

activities in September 2023.

In 2022, Centaur undertook a detailed

climate materiality assessment involving

input and insights from the Executive

Committee in order to further understand

the risks and opportunities that climate

change poses for the business, as

described more fully below. In 2023,

Centaur revisited this climate materiality

assessment to assess its continued

appropriateness and concluded that it

remained appropriate and relevant in all

material respects.

Further, as part of the Group’s measures

to strengthen the identification and

assessment of such risks and opportunities,

climate change considerations have now

been embedded into Centaur’s business-

as-usual processes. This includes, but is

not limited to, the assessment of weather-

related events that may impact our

employees, clients and event attendees

and their ability in particular to attend

Centaur’s office, in-person events, face-

to-face training and award ceremonies, to

ensure related risks are considered and

mitigation measures are understood and

implemented where appropriate.

#### Strategy

•  Describe the climate-related

risks and opportunities the

organisation has identified over

the short (S), medium (M) and

long term (L)

•  Describe the impact of climate-

related risks and opportunities

on the organisation’s businesses,

strategy and financial planning

In 2022, supported by sustainability

consultancy Anthesis Group, Centaur

undertook a climate materiality assessment

which involved a climate screening

exercise and workshop with members

of management and key stakeholders

to identify and assess which physical

and transitional risks arising from climate

change could impact Centaur’s business.

The exercise considered the nature of

such impacts and the likelihood of these

risks arising across three time horizons:

short (2030), medium (2040) and long

term (2050). Risks and opportunities were

ranked from low to high priority and a

scenario analysis of the top six risks (being

three physical risks and three transitional

risks), as set out in the table below, was

undertaken to better understand and

validate Centaur’s resilience across

differing future time horizons and

hypothetical world temperature scenarios.

In 2023, Centaur explored climate-related

opportunities which allowed the Group

to support the transition to a net zero

economy including, for example:

•  Centaur continued to focus on its

digital strategy, in recognition of the

role that digital technologies can play in

helping to mitigate climate change;

•  Centaur reflected upon its approach

to major in-person events and awards

ceremonies with a view to developing

a sustainable events policy that aims

to ensure that such events align

with Centaur’s key sustainability

considerations; and

•  Centaur conducted research on how

to use Centaur’s events and content

as platforms to raise awareness of and

promote the importance of reducing

carbon emissions and the impact of

climate change. This resulted in the

development of a new climate-related

content metric, described below.

www.centaurmedia.com

28

# Environmental, Social and Governance

#### CONTINUED

![]()

Risk type and

timeframe

Description of climate-related risks and opportunities, together with Centaur’s mitigations of and resilience to any such risks

Transitional risks

Reputation

Timeframe: S, M, L

Climate change has been identified as a potential source of reputational risk tied to customer or stakeholder

perceptions of Centaur’s contribution to or detraction from the transition to a lower carbon economy. Centaur faces

potential reputational damage from not ‘walking the talk’ in supporting the net zero agenda. Misalignment to the

global climate action agenda, not keeping up with stakeholder expectations and having unambitious commitments

within this area could harm the Group’s reputation and therefore result in reduced demand from customers,

investment from shareholders and availability of new recruits. Centaur’s climate governance structure and ongoing

assessment of the suitability of this, including its Climate Steering Committee which drives overall strategic direction

and the setting of targets and mainstreaming of climate action across the business, is expected to help to mitigate

this risk.

Policy, law and

regulation

Timeframe: S, M, L

As the UK has mandated into law a strategy to decarbonise all sectors of the UK economy to meet its net zero target

by 2050, an increase in law and regulation in this area is expected, particularly for publicly listed companies as

demonstrated by the existing TCFD requirements and the anticipated adoption of the ISSB Standards by the UK. New

legal and regulatory requirements to improve transparency on climate-related matters will require the Group to fully

understand what must be done to avoid the potential for sanctions by regulators. Not fully understanding or aligning

with these requirements could result in reputational damage and/or additional costs. The climate materiality workshop

undertaken by Centaur with Anthesis Group in 2022, the output of which was reviewed again in 2023, has supported

the business in understanding this risk and the requirements of the TCFD and the Climate Steering Committee,

together with Centaur’s existing measures for identifying and addressing changes in policy, law and regulation, should

help to mitigate this risk.

Technology

Timeframe: S, M

Technological improvements or innovations that support the transition to a lower carbon economy will affect the

competitiveness of certain businesses. With increasing pressures for businesses to reduce their carbon footprints, it

is anticipated that certain sectors, including technology, will be required to change infrastructure to be less carbon

intensive. Centaur could experience an increase in costs in its supply chain, including for elements such as cloud

hosting, data storage and employee travel for in-person training and events due to potential future carbon taxation.

Centaur’s Chief Technology Officer will help to mitigate this risk by keeping Centaur’s technology stack and its fitness

for purpose in this regard under review. Opportunities do exist for the Group to align its services and solutions with

less carbon intensive infrastructure to help address its customer’s own climate goals and the wider technological

systemic changes expected.

Physical risks

Flooding

Timeframe: M, L

Flooding is deemed to be a risk to the business, albeit one that is more related to travelling to and from locations

(whether these be to Centaur’s office or its customers’ offices, for example) rather than materially affecting operations.

Although flooding is anticipated to increase across the UK in future years, as Centaur does not own any buildings

(its office is leased and data centres are owned by third parties), its exposure to physical damage to its assets is not

material to the Group. Additionally, as a large proportion of the Group’s business is digital with back-ups available

on cloud-based storage, should a third-party supplier be impacted by flooding, there is a low risk of data being lost.

Furthermore, Centaur’s events represent a relatively low proportion of revenue, so if cancelled or postponed due to

flooding, the impact on revenue would not be material.

Extreme heat

Timeframe: S, M, L

UK heatwaves in recent years, including in 2022, heightened Centaur’s awareness of the risk of extreme

temperatures and the potential impact on the productivity of its staff. Centaur is a UK based business and many UK

residential buildings do not have air-conditioning systems. When working from home, Centaur employees may face

increasing challenges in working productively during heatwaves in the future. The business is somewhat resilient to

this as an air-conditioned office is available for use by its employees. By contrast, the impact of extreme heat on the

wider transport infrastructure is outside Centaur’s control, however, by monitoring weather updates from the MET

office, Centaur can ensure that sufficient mitigation measures are in place to safeguard employee health, safety

and wellbeing.

Storms

Timeframe: S, M, L

As global temperatures rise and precipitation increases, storms are becoming increasingly unpredictable, with higher

winds and more intense rainfall. As a digital business, increased storms (both frequency and intensity) could result

in power outages which impact the Group’s ability to operate efficiently. The possible impact of power outages on

Centaur’s in-person training, consultancy and the hosting of events is also recognised as a risk to the business. This

risk can be mitigated through the fact that Centaur operates a hybrid working policy, meaning that staff have flexible

work locations, as well as the use of cloud-based storage (so that work is backed up in the cloud should Centaur or

its employees face power outages) and the ability to convert face-to-face services to a digital format.

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023

www.centaurmedia.com

29

STRATEGIC REPORT

![]()

www.centaurmedia.com

30

# Environmental, Social and Governance

#### CONTINUED

Following the results of the climate

materiality assessment, the Group

considered actual and potential climate-

related risks and opportunities in its

financial planning through assessing their

impacts on the viability of the business, the

potential impairment of value of business

assets and the potential for contingent

liabilities to arise.

Separately, as described more fully

in ‘Risk Management’ below, Centaur

has undertaken an assessment of the

materiality of such transitional and

physical risks, including scoring each risk

both in terms of the likelihood of a risk’s

occurrence and its potential impact on

the business and considering where it

ranks in relation to other material risks. As

a result of these exercises, Centaur has

concluded that, at present, the transitional

and physical risks identified are expected

to have an immaterial financial impact

on Centaur’s new four-year strategy

and its current financial planning cycle.

Further, Centaur’s investment in new

digital products and its operations are not

currently expected to impact significantly

on its business or alter its risk profile.

Beyond Centaur’s four-year financial

planning cycle, we have not fully assessed

and analysed the impacts of climate-

related issues on financial planning due to

transitional challenges including data and

system limitations. As our understanding

of climate risks and opportunities evolves,

we will incorporate key impacts into our

financial planning. Centaur will continue to

consider the materiality and impacts of its

climate-related risks on an annual basis,

particularly in respect of future strategic

and financial planning cycles to ensure that

any increase in materiality is identified and

appropriate action can be taken to mitigate

against increased risk. For information

on the potential longer-term impacts of

the climate-related risks, please see the

scenario analysis discussion below.

•  Describe the resilience of the

organisation’s strategy, taking

into consideration different

climate-related scenarios,

including a 2°C or lower scenario

Centaur conducted its first climate-related

scenario analysis in 2022 and revisited

this analysis during 2023, concluding that

it remains appropriate and relevant in all

material respects. In line with the TCFD,

Centaur’s scenario analysis consisted of a

qualitative scenario analysis considering

three climate scenarios and three time

horizons (2030, 2040 and 2050). Climate

scenarios used include a Paris-aligned 1.5°C

scenario (‘Net Zero 2050’), a <2°C scenario

(‘Delayed Transition’) and a 3°C scenario

(‘Current Policies’). The analysis includes

data from the Intergovernmental Panel on

Climate Change (IPCC) and the Network

for Greening the Financial System (NGFS).

The key findings from Centaur’s scenario

analysis are below, and we intend to keep

this under review and further refine and

develop our climate modelling and scenario

analysis capabilities to quantify climate risk

in future.

•  Centaur is exposed to both physical

and transitional risks, with transitional

risks posing a relatively higher risk

than physical risks, however overall the

risks are not deemed to be financially

material;

•  The level of risk to Centaur is greatest

under the ‘Delayed Transition’ and

‘Current Policies’ scenarios, with the

level of risk increasing over the medium

and longer terms (2040 and 2050);

•  Centaur is generally resilient to the

physical risks associated with climate

change, aside from under a worst

case ‘Current Policies’ scenario which

would see an increase in unmitigated

and unpredictable climate events with

increasing frequency and severity;

•  Flooding is considered to be the

greatest risk in future scenarios

(particularly the ‘Delayed Transition’

and ‘Current Policies’ scenarios), as

this risk has the greatest percentage

change across time horizons and could

impact (for example) employees’ travel

to the office or in-person events or

meetings with clients;

•  Transitional risk, and in particular policy

and legal risk, is greatest under the

‘Delayed Transition’ pathway due to

the likelihood of tough but sudden

national policies being put in place

to reduce emissions, creating more

rapid and disruptive changes in the

economy; and

•  Under all scenarios, consideration of

the climate via Centaur’s products,

services and actions to support

the net zero transition represents

an opportunity for the company to

differentiate itself from its peers by

positioning itself as a climate conscious

organisation and supporting a

reduction in reputational risks.

![]()

Scenario

Net Zero 2050

(or ‘Paris-aligned’)

Delayed Transition

(or ‘disorderly transition’)

Current Policies

(or ‘hot house world’)

Description This is an ambitious scenario which

limits global warming to 1.5°C through

stringent climate policies which are

introduced immediately and innovation,

reaching net zero CO emissions

around 2050, giving at least a 50%

chance of limiting global warming to

below 1.5°C by 2100, with no or little

overshoot (<0.1°C) of 1.5°C in earlier

years. Transitional risks are likely to be

driven by higher emissions costs and

changes in business and consumer

preferences. The level of physical risk

is anticipated to be relatively low.

The scenario assumes global annual

emissions do not decrease until 2030

and policies are not introduced until

2030 (or later) and in a more rapid and

disruptive manner. Technology change

is anticipated to be slow for the first

decade with a rapid increase in change

and innovation anticipated from 2030

onwards; pushing carbon prices higher

than in the Net Zero 2050 scenario.

As a result, emissions may exceed

the carbon budget temporarily in the

2020’s and decline rapidly after 2030

resulting in a 67% chance of limiting

global warming to below 2°C. This

scenario could result in both higher

transitional and physical risks than the

Net Zero scenario.

This scenario assumes that only

currently implemented policies are

preserved, leading to higher physical

risks and lower transition risks than in

either the Net Zero 2050 or Delayed

Transition scenarios. This means that

policies in place at present are not

anticipated to increase in ambition

and the level of action taken to reduce

emissions going forward is minimal.

Technologies are not fully developed

by 2050 and emissions continue to

rise until 2080 leading to circa 3 °C of

warming and severe climate-related

physical risks. This scenario can help

Centaur to better understand the long-

term physical risks to its business, the

economy and wider society if the world

continues on the current path to a ‘hot

house world’.

Future World 1.5°C warming <2°C warming >3°C warming

Time Horizons 2030 and 2050 2030 and 2050 2030 and 2050

Analysis for

Centaur

The greatest climate-related risks

for Centaur under this scenario

are transitional, particularly those

associated with policy and law and

regulation and, to a lesser extent,

technological shifts. Reputation is

also assessed as a moderately low

transitional risk for Centaur in this

scenario. Centaur is mostly resilient

to the physical risks associated with

climate change in this scenario as the

business does not have significant

physical assets such as warehouses,

multiple offices, or complex supply

chains. The risk is low (or moderately

low) across all of the assessed physical

risks across all time horizons due to the

digital-based nature of the business

and the ability to back-up work via

cloud-storage, or flexibly work from

home or the office in London.

In a Delayed Transition, Centaur

is relatively more vulnerable to

reputational risks, ranked as highest

overall. Technology and policy and

legal risks both represent low risks

to the business in 2030 but quickly

progress to a moderately high risk by

2050 due to the expected introduction

of strong policies needed post-2030 to

limit warming to below 2°C. Centaur is

somewhat more vulnerable to physical

risks under this scenario than the

Net-Zero 2050 scenario, but relatively

resilient overall, namely against

heatwaves and storms which present

only a moderately low risk (again due

to the flexible nature of working from

home, the office and being a digital-

based business). Flooding poses a

moderate risk in 2050 due to the

potential for flooding to damage wider

infrastructure such as data centres and

transport which could result in delays to

Centaur’s operations. Further analysis

into the locations of data centres shall

be considered for future strategic

decision-making.

Centaur is most vulnerable to the

physical risks under this scenario, as

global efforts to mitigate climate change

are largely insufficient. This is reflective

of changes in the climate which will

impact all businesses, not that Centaur

itself is more vulnerable than other

businesses also facing similar climate

hazards. Flooding presents a moderate

risk, and storms and heatwaves a

moderately low to moderate risk due to

the changes in climate and subsequent

impacts. Reputation is the transitional

risk that Centaur is least resilient to

under this scenario based on its current

management measures, however it has

the potential to better integrate climate

into its products and services to reduce

this risk. Centaur is generally resilient to

the other transitional risks as under this

scenario little regulatory effort would

be made to mitigate climate change,

resulting in low risk for both policy and

legal and technological shifts across all

time horizons.

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023

www.centaurmedia.com

31

STRATEGIC REPORT

![]()

#### Risk Management

•  Describe the organisation’s

processes for identifying and

assessing climate-related risks

•  Describe the organisation’s

processes for managing climate-

related risks

•  Describe how processes for

identifying, assessing, and

managing climate-related

risks are integrated into the

organisation’s overall risk

management

Centaur’s processes for identifying,

assessing and managing climate-related

risk are integrated into its wider risk

management processes, details of which

are available at pages 49 to 53. As

described there, the Board is ultimately

responsible for articulating the Group’s risk

appetite and assessing principal risks and

any associated mitigations and controls.

The Executive Committee, Company

Secretary and the Head of Legal are

responsible for identifying and assessing

risks, including climate-related risks, and

reporting these to the Board through

the Audit Committee. Risks are formally

considered and analysed at least twice

annually by the Executive Committee and

then the Audit Committee, as described

below.

Climate-related risks now form part of

Centaur’s risk register, having been

included in it for the first time in 2022.

The process for identifying and assessing

the significance of Centaur’s climate-

related risks follows the same process

employed to identify and determine the

significance of all risks facing Centaur. The

Executive Committee members review the

risk register and, together, they consider

whether any new risks relating to their

departmental or operational areas have

arisen which may require inclusion in the

risk register. They then score each risk

both in terms of the likelihood of a risk’s

occurrence and its potential impact on the

business, and rank the risks in order of

materiality based on their scores.

Mitigations for the risks, and any resilience

to such risks identified, and responsibility

for ongoing monitoring and management

of each risk is assigned to a member

of the Executive Committee. A further

consideration of the risks is then conducted

by the Audit Committee, who review

and validate or adjust as necessary the

Executive Committee’s conclusions. This

process is repeated at least twice annually.

Although climate-related risks are not

currently considered to be principal risks

for the Group, they are recognised and

monitored as potential contributors to a

number of principal risks, such as inability

to create a high growth performance

culture and attract and retain key talent,

and inadequate regulatory compliance. In

2023, climate-related risks were formally

considered by the Executive Committee,

as well as the Audit Committee, with

reference to the Group’s strategic aims

and its operating environment at least

twice annually as part of the Group’s risk

management processes.

Centaur is not immune to the impacts

that physical risks have on the business

and it recognises the potential regulatory

and reputational risks associated with

the transition to a low-carbon economy.

Centaur actively monitors and manages its

climate-related risks in order to mitigate

their impact including as follows:

•  the Group monitors weather-related

events via reliable sources such as

the MET Office so that it can identify

and assess extreme weather events

that may impact the business and,

where necessary, communicate this

to relevant stakeholders, such as our

employees and/or event attendees

(mitigation of physical risks, such as

flooding, storms and extreme heat); and

•  the Group’s Legal, Company Secretarial

and Finance functions regularly

review the regulatory landscape to

identify any new policy, governance

requirements or legislation relating

to climate-change (mitigation of

reputation and policy and legal risks).

In particular, Centaur is aware that

the UK government has signalled

its support for the adoption of the

International Sustainability Standards

Board’s inaugural standards concerning

sustainability-related disclosures: IFRS

S1 General Requirements for Disclosure

of Sustainability-related Financial

Information and IFRS S2 Climate-

related Disclosures (together, the ISSB

Standards). Centaur intends to monitor

if and when these will be formally

adopted by the UK and will address any

resulting impact on its future annual

reporting obligations.

www.centaurmedia.com

32

# Environmental, Social and Governance

#### CONTINUED

![]()

KPI Description and risk mitigated

Training of

Directors and key

management

In order to mitigate both reputational risk and policy, law and regulation risk, Centaur collects information on both

the type and quantum of training undertaken by all Directors, the Executive Committee and the Climate Steering

Committee.

Business travel In order to monitor and control the emissions related to business travel and to understand and mitigate against

both physical and technology risks, a record is kept of all significant business travel undertaken by employees

and consultants that either includes air or international travel and/or hotel nights, and an estimation of the resulting

emissions.

Employee office

attendance

In order to monitor and understand the emissions related to employee commuting and to mitigate against physical

risks, a record is kept on a monthly basis of all employees commuting into our London office. Linked with home

location information, commuting emissions data can be calculated at a detailed level as well as understanding

Centaur’s office space requirements.

Scope 1, 2 and 3

emissions

In order to monitor and control the emissions related to the past and future significant activities of the Group, the

total of its Scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions and the related ratios of emissions per employee and per £m of revenue are

calculated on an annual basis. This metric will also be used to estimate and inform future decisions such as those

related to the budget and four-year strategy and financial plan. Knowledge and understanding of current emissions

will also be used to inform management of the climate-related impact of new revenue streams, products and

purchased services or supplies.

Carbon offset In order to mitigate Centaur’s reputational risk as well as support any future carbon targets, the Group will keep a

record of the carbon offset initiatives that it undertakes and as a consequence an estimation of the emissions

that are offset.

Climate-related

content

In order to mitigate Centaur’s reputational risk, two of its market-leading brands, The Lawyer and Marketing Week,

have committed to producing content which is intended to mitigate the impact of climate change by provoking debate

and highlighting both positive and negative impacts on climate change of the audiences they serve. From 2024,

Centaur will be collecting information on the volume of such content produced by The Lawyer and Marketing Week.

#### Metrics and Targets

•  Metrics used by Centaur to assess climate-related risks and opportunities in line with its strategy and risk

management processes

Centaur has focused its key metrics towards the climate-related risks that will have the most impact on the Group in the shorter-term.

These metrics include those listed below. In 2023, we increased our availability of climate-related metrics by adopting, for the first time,

a climate-related content metric which we intend to track in 2024. We will continue to assess the impact of climate-related risks and

opportunities on our strategy, with the aim of improving resilience to material risks faced and capitalising on opportunities.

•  Scope 1, Scope 2 and, if appropriate, Scope 3 greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions and the related risks

Centaur’s energy use and greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions have been assessed using Anthesis Group’s RouteZero platform that forms

an accurate and robust GHG inventory across Scopes 1, 2 and 3, aligned with the GHG Protocol: A Corporate Accounting and Reporting

Standard (revised edition, 2015). Responsibility for emissions sources was determined using the operational control approach. All

emissions sources required under the Companies, Partnerships and Groups (Accounts and Non-Financial Reporting) Regulations 2016 are

included.

This estimate covers all Centaur’s operations that are consolidated in the financial statements and the office leased by Centaur to conduct

these operations. Data has been collected including employee commuting to Centaur’s office based in London. Activity data was then

converted to greenhouse gas estimates using the UK Government’s GHG Conversion Factors for Company Reporting 2023.

Centaur’s emissions from Scope 2 and 3 are set out below. Our reporting on energy use and GHG emissions is in line with the

Streamlined Energy and Carbon Reporting (‘SECR’) legislation. The Scope 2 and 3 emissions from 2021 are shown as a baseline.

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023

www.centaurmedia.com

33

STRATEGIC REPORT

![]()

Global carbon footprint assessment

1

2023

Tonnes of

CO

2

e

2022

Tonnes of

CO

2

e

2021

Tonnes of CO

2

e

(Baseline)

Change in

the year %

Change since

baseline %

Emissions from:

Scope 2 – indirect emissions (location-based)

13 40 46 (68) (72)

Scope 2 – indirect emissions (market-based) 6 13 17 (54) (65)

Intensity ratios – Scope 2 (market-based):

Tonnes of CO

2

per employee  0.02 0.05 0.06 (52) (64)

Tonnes of CO

2

per £m revenue  0.15 0.31 0.43 (51) (65)

Scope 3 – other indirect emissions (market-based) 2,335 2,193 2,062 6 13

Total Scope 2 and 3 (market-based) 2,341 2,206 2,079 6 13

Intensity ratios – Scope 2 and 3 (market-based):

Tonnes of CO

2

per employee 9 8 8 11 16

Tonnes of CO

2

per £m revenue 60 53 53 12 12

1

Due to Centaur’s office lease arrangement, all relevant Scope 1 emissions fall under Scope 2 as purchased heat and cooling.

2023 2022 2021

Change in the

year %

Change since

baseline %

Total UK and global energy consumption (kWh) 261,019 697,478 684,790 (63) (62)

Scope 2 emissions have decreased in 2023

compared to 2022 due to a combination

of Centaur’s downsize in office space

and improved emissions data provided

by WeWork. In previous years, WeWork

emissions data was calculated using wide

territory-based quarterly average figures

due to their limited visibility on data at the

time. They have improved their emissions

data with a combination of obtaining sub-

metered landlord invoices where available

and working with a third-party carbon

consultant to fill any gaps using more

refined territory averages.

Scope 3 emissions from employee

commuting for 2022 and 2021 have

been re-presented following a refined

methodology approach based on more

detailed information on office attendance.

Scope 3 emissions from employee

commuting have increased in 2023

compared to re-presented 2022 emissions

due to a full year of the return to working

from the office following Covid-19 and

increased average daily employees

working in the office. Other Scope 3

emissions have increased due to an

increase in business travel and the increase

year-on-year in the level of emissions

related to capital purchases such as

intangible assets.

•  Targets used by Centaur to

manage climate-related risks and

opportunities and performance

against targets

Note that, whilst we remain committed to

devising and announcing details of our net

zero plan, in order to prioritise resource on

achievement of MAP23, reduce disruption

to the business whilst we embark on

our new strategy and to ensure that our

approach is relevant to the most up to date

UK regulatory requirements, our current

plan is to defer our substantive net zero

planning until 2025 at the earliest.

Centaur does not currently employ targets

to manage climate-related risks and

opportunities and performance against

targets due to transitional challenges,

including lack of climate-related data and

metrics and system limitations and has

deferred any substantive target setting until

2024 at the earliest in order to minimise

disruption to the business during 2023,

which was the final year of Centaur’s

three-year strategy, MAP23. Despite this,

in 2023, Centaur did conduct some high-

level planning with regard to target setting.

Centaur engaged with an environmental

consultancy to scope out, at a high level,

the work involved in a project aimed

at reducing its carbon emissions and

achieving a net zero target. This involved

consideration of the internal resource,

time and cost required for such a project,

and increased understanding of the key

elements involved, such as value chain

screening, analysis of baseline emissions,

setting of science-based targets, modelling

of emissions pathways and assessment of

carbon reduction strategies.

Having now accurately measured and

disclosed its Scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions

for two consecutive years (for both 2022

and 2023) and reviewed the most material

contributors to its carbon footprint, Centaur

is now better placed to give further

consideration to target setting and net zero

planning in 2024.

We are also reviewing opportunities to use

high-quality carbon offsets to reach carbon

neutrality. To help mitigate the impact of our

GHG emissions, in 2021 DICE launched a

scheme investing in a new carbon capture

project to help mitigate the impact of our

emissions through carbon offsetting, with

the United Nations (Eastbourne) Mvule tri-

species tree project in Uganda. Centaur’s

contribution to this project is estimated to

capture up to 2,500 CO

2

/t per annum over

the first ten years, although lower offset

levels are achieved in its initial years.

#### Energy efficiency actions

We continue to measure our carbon

footprint by monitoring our energy usage.

After analysis of the emissions data for

2022 and 2023, the key areas contributing

to Centaur’s emissions have been identified

as:

•  Scope 2 emissions relating to the London

office space; and

www.centaurmedia.com

34

# Environmental, Social and Governance

#### CONTINUED

![]()

•  Scope 3 emissions from purchased

goods and services, capital goods and

business travel.

Centaur has taken action to reduce its

emissions in the following ways:

•  relocation from 1 January 2023 to a

smaller WeWork office space, which

has significantly reduced our Scope 2

emissions in 2023;

•  continued support of the electric

vehicle and cycle to work schemes; and

•  staff initiatives to encourage good

environmental practices.

Further, in relation to Centaur’s office

space in WeWork, we are achieving an

indirect reduction of our emissions from the

environmental practices and targets that

WeWork has set itself:

•  Renewable electricity – based in

one of WeWork’s global locations

that is sourced by 100% renewable

electricity; and

•  Sustainable, efficient operations –

reducing energy and water use and

reducing annual waste.

#### Social

#### Our people – culture

During 2023 we updated our strategic

purpose as “we enable ambitious leaders

to see around corners and deliver change”.

Our purpose is the foundation that

our culture is built on and from this we

discovered Centaur’s values: Passionate,

Accountable, Customer-centric and

Knowledgeable. These were launched to

employees in January 2024. The Board

recognises the paramount importance of

embedding Centaur’s values within our

culture and upholding exemplary standards

of business conduct throughout the entirety

of the Group. Such commitment is essential

to the successful execution of our strategic

objectives and our purpose.

These values, developed by senior leaders

alongside DICE, will be cascaded to the

business by ‘walking the talk’ led by the

Executive Committee and the senior

leadership team, to all employees in order

to live our values every day. To embed this,

in early 2024 we have launched the LOVE

award: Live Our Values Everyday. This

quarterly award will celebrate individuals

who embody our Values in their actions and

contributions.

Throughout 2023, a number of Kaizen

working groups were established guided

by the CEO’s rolling programme of

breakfast meetings with all non-senior

employees to listen to their ideas to

improve the business. The groups

implemented positive change as part of a

continuous improvement to a number of

our key operations and processes such

as recruitment, onboarding, data, career

progression, knowledge of Centaur and

training.

#### Our people – talent developmentand retention

Our hardworking and diligent colleagues

are at the heart of our success. Having

the right people with the right skills at

all levels of Centaur’s organisation is

critical to building a quality, sustainable

business and delivering our strategy.

Career development, communication and

continuous quality improvement are a

priority. The Company has also recognised

that ESG is of high importance to young

talent when making career choices and

the Group’s disclosure on these matters is

therefore supportive of recruitment efforts.

We have invested in two new development

programmes to be launched in 2024: The

Leadership Forum and the Manager Forum.

The Leadership Forum consists of our

most senior leaders, who hold roles critical

to Centaur’s next phase of growth. The

purpose of the Leadership Forum is to drive

our business objectives, role model our

values and support succession planning.

The Manager Forum consists of our people

managers. The purpose of the Manager

Forum is to build community, share

knowledge and give managers the tools

and techniques they need to be successful

in their roles. This is supported by a new

Manager Essential Programme, with regular

training sessions scheduled throughout the

year.

#### Our people – performance

Our 2024 plans prioritise establishing

a high-performance culture as a core

component of our people plan. This

initiative aims at enhancing effectiveness

and improving performance.

The cornerstone of a high-performance

culture is the implementation of objective

setting and in 2024 we will launch a

new approach to objective setting and

development. Objectives will be explicitly

aligned with Centaur’s goals and monitored

throughout the year through regular check-

ins with managers to track progress against

agreed upon objectives.

Clear expectations, coupled with job

descriptions, provide colleagues with

greater clarity regarding their role in

achieving Centaur’s objectives and support

line managers in conducting more robust

performance conversations. This approach

provides a roadmap to focus efforts,

support colleagues’ career development

and enable continuous improvements.

#### Our people – wellbeing

Centaur is committed to helping colleagues

perform at their best. We provide a range

of benefits and tools that promote and

support a healthy lifestyle, a healthy

mind and increasingly, a healthy work-life

balance. These include:

•  Access to Unum ‘Lifeworks’, an

employee assistance programme

providing counselling, managing

finances, assistance with legal matters

and mental health support services

as well as giving access to virtual GP

appointments free of charge;

•  Medical cash plan that covers

colleagues’ everyday healthcare costs,

plus a wide range of digital and virtual

wellbeing tools;

•  25 days holiday, increasing by a day

per year of service, up to a maximum

of 30 days;

•  Hybrid working;

•  Mental health first-aiders were trained

for all employees to confidentially

engage with regarding any issues they

may have. This was supplemented with

a variety of webinars and initiatives to

support those coping with change and

uncertainty, building resilience and

working from home effectively;

•  Access to NABS, which is a support for

the advertising and media industry;

•  Maternity buddies and menopause

champions;

•  Promoting salary sacrifice for

employees to plan financial efficiency

on their pension contributions; and

•  Wellbeing fortnight and a wellbeing

day off.

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023

www.centaurmedia.com

35

STRATEGIC REPORT

![]()

Having seen first-hand the benefits of these

initiatives, as well as listening to employee

feedback, the Board will be maintaining

these practices going forward.

#### Our people – training

We are committed to investing in the

professional growth of our colleagues, with

our extensive training and development

resources. All colleagues can participate

in the world class learning we offer to our

clients. This includes the MW Mini MBA and

award-winning Econsultancy courses. Our

goal is to help colleagues reach their full

potential, meet their career ambitions and

contribute to the success of Centaur’s growth.

67 of our colleagues have now completed at

least one of the MW Mini MBA courses.

During the year there has been mandatory

training for all staff on Security, GDPR and

Anti-Bribery and Corruption along with

coaching sessions, webinars on resilience,

training on neurodiversity and other

individual role specific training sessions. A

new training platform has been launched

for colleagues encompassing a range of

mandatory, personal and leadership skills,

diversity and inclusion training in addition

to access to the world class suite of training

provided to our clients.

Our new Manager Forum will be supported

by a new Centaur Manager Essentials

Programme. The purpose is to equip

managers with the foundation knowledge

and tools required to lead their teams and

achieve Centaur’s business objectives.

#### DICE (Diversity, Inclusion, Culture

#### and Engagement) – Employeeengagement in action

DICE was formed in 2019 with the purpose

of building a more diverse, inclusive and

engaged workforce through driving positive

change. DICE comprises ten to fifteen

employees from across the Group and

is led by our Chief People Officer. DICE

reports to the CEO and Carol Hosey is its

Non-Executive Director sponsor. Her role

is to ensure that employee sentiment is

clearly communicated to the Board and that

our gender, diversity and environmental

ambitions are realised with actionable plans.

During 2023 DICE focused its efforts

on five key workstreams: Diversity and

Inclusivity, Culture and Engagement, Social,

Environment and Charity. Each workstream

has an ExCo sponsor. It continues to play

an integral and valuable role to support

engagement with our workforce, ensuring

that everyone at Centaur feels connected

and helps to build our community and

culture. DICE were instrumental in the

development of Centaur’s new values.

Going forward, they have a key role in

embedding our new values into our day-to-

day working environment.

DICE is a key driver in Centaur’s

environmental and social policy and

devised workstreams to support the

business in driving continued change

in 2023. For instance, the Group has a

whistleblowing policy in place enabling

employees to report any concerns about

improper practices, including in relation to

its environmental and social responsibility

practices.

During 2023, key DICE initiatives included

the following:

Diversity & Inclusivity

•  Events to raise awareness of

neurodiversity;

•  Training for managers to support

neurodiverse colleagues;

•  Supporting mental health training;

•  A panel session for International

Women’s Day; and

•  Events to celebrate LGBTQ+ History

Month and Trans Day of Visibility.

Culture and Engagement

•  Regular newsletter;

•  Wellness Day – given to all staff in

October 2023 which will be repeated in

2024; and

•  Annual employee survey.

Social

•  Two main social events in 2023 – the

Summer Party in June and a Christmas

Party in December.

Charity

•  A month-long step challenge to raise

donations for Crisis;

•  A number of fundraising events in the

office including bake sales and raffles;

•  Afternoon tea to celebrate the

Coronation;

•  One of our colleagues ran two ultra

marathons in aid of charities; and

•  A number of colleagues participated in

Suki’s Steps and Swim to raise money

for Macmillan Cancer Support.

Diversity

Creating a diverse and inclusive workplace

is vital to building an inclusive culture

where everyone feels welcome, and it is

embedded in our values. Centaur strongly

encourages diversity across the Group and

considers it an integral element of ensuring

our success as a business. We profoundly

believe that a workforce with diverse

experiences and diverse ideas makes for a

better business, and we are committed to

recruiting and promoting the most talented

people from the widest pool. We champion

diversity from how we attract, recruit and

develop our colleagues to retaining diverse

talent.

#### Diversity | Inclusion | Culture | Engagement

Dice header for annual report.indd 1Dice header for annual report.indd 1 15/02/2024 20:0915/02/2024 20:09

www.centaurmedia.com

36

# Environmental, Social and Governance

#### CONTINUED

![]()

To do this, we offer internships and work

experience opportunities to young people

from all backgrounds and provide equal

opportunities for all current and prospective

employees.

The Group has an Inclusion, Diversity and

Equality Policy which covers recruitment

and selection, promotion, training and

development, and standard contract terms

for all staff. DICE has been instrumental in

developing our Antiracism & Inclusivity and

LGBTQ+ pledges and a Community Group

forum exists and acts as a space of openness

and inclusivity where employees can speak

freely about issues regarding race.

As at 31 December 2023, two of our

seven (29%) Board members are female

which has not changed since 2022 when

Richard Staveley was appointed as a Non-

Executive Director in his role as an adviser

to Centaur’s largest shareholder. Two

out of our six (33%) Executive Committee

members are female (2022: 33%). The

Centaur Strategy Group, comprising the

Executive Committee and a small group

of senior leaders in the Company (in total

10 male and 7 female for the majority

of the year), have been involved in the

development of a number of strategic

projects during 2023.

As at 31 December 2023, 143 (58%) of our

employees are female and 102 (42%) are

male. We proudly support flexible working

opportunities and 12% of the workforce is

employed on a part-time basis.

Gender pay

We carry out an annual analysis on Gender

Pay. The report for 2023 can be found

at www.centaurmedia.com/corporate-

responsibility/inclusion-diversity. Our mean

average Gender Pay Gap has reduced

between 2022 and 2023 from 19.4% to

17.8%, and the median average Gender Pay

Gap has also decreased from 12.9% to 9.1%.

Health and safety

We are committed to the safety of our

staff and, while the nature of the business

and our WeWork serviced offices make

the risk of work-based accidents relatively

low, the Group takes its responsibilities

for the health and safety of its employees

seriously. We have a detailed health and

safety policy outlining the responsibilities

of our staff to ensure workplace safety and

our Health and Safety Committee, which is

responsible for overseeing the application

of this Policy, meets every six months and

reports directly to the Board.

In normal circumstances, our Office Manager

is responsible for maintaining a safe

environment for employees at our WeWork

office and an accident book is available to

all staff in reception. We also periodically

carry out internal health and safety

reviews, taking follow-up action to maintain

standards where necessary and undertake

staff training in relation to fire safety. To

minimise risk to the health and safety of our

employees in the event of a major disaster

or emergency, our business continuity plan

is regularly revised and tested.

Our Health and Safety Committee asks

all new employees to complete a safety

plus assessment. This assessment is also

sent out if there is a change to the working

environment or if any employee requests

new equipment.

Anti-slavery and human trafficking

policy

We implemented the provisions of the

UK Modern Slavery Act 2015 in 2016

and adopted an anti-slavery and human

trafficking policy. Our Slavery and Human

Trafficking Statement is published on our

website in March each year.

Community

The Group supports local communities and

charitable organisations through a matching

scheme for direct fundraising and donations

by employees. Together with our employees,

we made donations in 2023 to Crisis

(£7,000), Macmillan Cancer Support (£5,000),

Shooting Star Children’s Hospices (£3,000)

and Turkey Mozaik Foundation (£1,275).

In 2024 the Group will support Crisis and

Macmillan Cancer Support. Both charities

have been chosen by colleagues through a

selection process initiated by DICE.

In 2022, donations were made to The

Trussell Trust, an organisation that aids

a national network food bank to provide

emergency food and support to people

locked in poverty (£2,500) and Shooting

Star Children’s Hospices (£2,500).

The Group also offers each employee

a paid day off to spend volunteering for

a not-for-profit cause or charity of their

choice. We also operate a Give-As-You-Earn

scheme through payroll.

#### Governance

Details on Governance are set out in the

Corporate Governance Report starting on

page 48.

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023

www.centaurmedia.com

37

STRATEGIC REPORT

![]()

#### Risk management approach

The Board has overall responsibility for the

effectiveness of the Group’s system of risk

management and internal controls, and

these are regularly monitored by the Audit

Committee. Details of the activities of the

Audit Committee in this financial year can

be found in the Audit Committee Report on

pages 52 to 54.

The Executive Committee, Company

Secretary and the Head of Legal are

responsible for identifying, managing and

monitoring material and emerging risks in

each area of the business and for regularly

reviewing and updating the risk register, as

well as reporting to the Audit Committee in

relation to risks, mitigations and controls.

As the Group operates principally from one

office and with relatively flat management

reporting lines, members of the Executive

Committee are closely involved in day-to-

day matters and are able to identify areas

of increasing risk quickly and respond

accordingly.

The responsibility for each risk identified

is assigned to a member of the Executive

Committee. The Audit Committee considers

risk management and controls regularly

and the Board formally considers risks to

the Group’s strategy and plans as well as

the risk management process as part of its

strategic review.

The risk register is the core element of the

Group’s risk management process. The

register is maintained by the Company

Secretary with input from the Executive

Committee and the Head of Legal. The

Executive Committee initially identifies the

material risks and emerging risks facing the

Group and then collectively assesses the

severity of each risk (by ranking both the

likelihood of its occurrence and its potential

impact on the business) and the related

mitigating controls.

As part of its risk management processes,

the Board considers both strategic and

operational risks, as well as its risk appetite

in terms of the tolerance level it is willing

to accept in relation to each principal risk,

which is recorded in the Company’s risk

register. This approach recognises that

risk cannot always be eliminated at an

acceptable cost and that there are some

risks which the Board will, after due and

careful consideration, choose to accept.

The Group’s risk register, its method of

preparation and the operation of the

key controls in the Group’s system of

internal control are regularly reviewed and

overseen by the Audit Committee with

reference to the Group’s strategic aims

and its operating environment. The register

is also reviewed and considered by the

Board.

As part of the ongoing enhancement of

the Group’s risk monitoring activities, we

reviewed and updated the procedures

by which we evaluate principal risks and

uncertainties during the year including the

consideration of climate-related risks as

described in the ESG report.

#### Principal risks

The Group’s risk register currently includes operational and strategic risks. The principal risks faced by the Group in 2023, taken from the

register, together with the potential effects and mitigating factors, are set out below. The Directors confirm that they have undertaken a

robust assessment of the principal and emerging risks facing the Group. Financial risks are shown in note 26 to the financial statements.

Rank Risk Description of risk and impact Risk mitigation/control procedure Movement in risk

1 Sensitivity to UK/sector

economic conditions.

The world economy has been severely

impacted by the Covid-19 pandemic,

the conflict in Ukraine and the resulting

impact with inflation having peaked at

over 10% and UK interest rates over 5%.

In addition, the UK economy has not

been growing. The Group continues to

have sensitivity to UK/sector volatility

and economic conditions. The impact

has been acute on some of Centaur’s

target market segments and corporate

marketing budgets.

The likelihood of ongoing volatility in

2024 is expected to be high despite

lowering inflation rates and there are

varying views as to the timing and

extent of any recovery.

We will mitigate the risk relating to

our customers by adapting content to

help them manage in the economic

environment, focus on adding value to

our subscription and eLearning products

and improving user experience and

customer service to protect renewal

rates and new business. We will also

continue to manage our cost base

and utilise technology such as AI and

machine learning to improve our cost

effectiveness.

Centaur continues to increase

international organic growth to mitigate

this risk. We are also increasing

our focus targeting larger scale

multinational businesses which have a

more diversified risk profile.

Many of the Group’s products are

market-leading in their respective

sectors and are an integral part of our

customers’ operational processes,

which mitigates the risk of reduced

demand for our products.

The Group regularly reviews the

political and economic conditions and

forecasts for UK, including specific risks

such as inflation, to assess whether

changes to its product offerings or

pricing structures are necessary.

The Board considers

this risk to be broadly

the same as for the

prior year.

www.centaurmedia.com

38

# Risk Management

![]()

Rank Risk Description of risk and impact Risk mitigation/control procedure Movement in risk

2 Failure to achieve

a high growth

performance culture.

The risk that Centaur

is unable to attract,

develop and retain

an appropriately

skilled, diverse and

responsible workforce

and leadership

team, and maintain

a healthy culture

which encourages

and supports ethical

high-performance

behaviours and

decision-making.

Difficulties in recruiting

and retaining staff

could lead to loss of

key senior staff.

Having completed the MAP23 strategy,

Centaur’s continued success depends

on growing the business. In order to

do this, it depends in large part on its

ability to recruit, motivate and retain

high quality experienced and qualified

employees in the face of often intense

competition from other companies,

especially in London.

Investment in training, development and

pay awards needs to be compelling

but will be challenging in the current

economic and operating climate.

Implementing a diverse and inclusive

working environment that allows for

agile and remote delivery is necessary

to keep the workforce engaged. It

is also required for a flexible hybrid

working model.

Staff churn (a challenge for many

companies in our sector) has been at

lower levels during 2023, but we are

continuing to improve our policies and

practices.

Developing the future business strategy

beyond MAP23 and changes required

in skill set and culture are challenging

and costly.

In January 2024, we are launching a

refreshed approach to objective setting

and managing performance. Colleagues

will agree a personal development

plan and annual objectives with their

manager, linked to Centaur’s overall

2024 objectives.

Colleagues will have regular check

ins with their manager to ensure they

are on track to clarify accountabilities,

provide focus and build a high growth

performance culture.

There continues to be a significant

focus on employee communication

including weekly updates, all company

town hall and Q&A meetings and staff

welfare calls.

Over the course of Q4 2023, the CSG

and DICE have worked together to

develop Centaur’s values. These will be

launched in January 2024. The values

will be included in the new performance

management process and embedded in

our culture.

We regularly review measures aimed at

improving our ability to recruit, onboard

and retain employees. We continue

to focus on bringing in higher quality

employees to replace leavers or in

new roles to enhance our strategy

particularly in areas such as marketing,

technology and data analytics.

We track employee engagement

through weekly ‘check-ins’ via our

ENGAGE system to gauge colleague

sentiment and gain an understanding of

key risks or challenges.

DICE has helped to drive forward

initiatives relating to diversity and

inclusion, through communication and

social functions. This is sponsored by

the CEO and a Non-Executive Director

and chaired by the CPO.

The CEO has held employee breakfasts

with the objective of generating a

continuous performance improvement

culture within the Group. This has

identified six continuous improvement

projects which have delivered process

improvements in 2023. This will

continue in 2024.

An annual review ensures staff

flight risks and training needs are

identified with a focus on reward and

development areas. All London based

staff continue to be paid at or above the

London Living Wage.

Our HR team hold exit interviews for all

leavers to identify and resolve areas of

concern.

The Board considers

this risk to be broadly

the same as the prior

year.

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023

www.centaurmedia.com

39

STRATEGIC REPORT

![]()

Rank Risk Description of risk and impact Risk mitigation/control procedure Movement in risk

3 Fraudulent or

accidental breach of

our IT network, major

systems failure or

ineffective operation

of IT and data

management systems

leads to loss, theft,

or misuse of financial

assets, proprietary or

sensitive information

and/or inoperative core

products, services, or

business functions.

Centaur relies on its IT network to

conduct its operations. The IT network

is at risk of a serious systems failure or

breach of its security controls due to a

deliberate or fraudulent cyber-attack

or unintentional event and may include

third parties gaining unauthorised

access to Centaur’s IT network and

systems.

This could result in misappropriation

of its financial assets, proprietary or

sensitive information (including personal

data or confidential information),

corruption of data or operational

disruption, such as unavailability of our

websites, our users’ digital products and

support platforms with disruption to our

revenue collection activities.

Centaur could incur significant costs

and suffer negative consequences as

a result of this, such as remediation

costs (including liability for stolen

assets or information, and repair of

any damage caused to Centaur’s IT

network infrastructure and systems) as

well as reputational damage and loss of

investor confidence resulting from any

operational disruption.

A serious occurrence of a loss, theft

or misuse of personal data could also

result in a breach of data protection

requirements and the effects of this.

See risk 4: Regulatory compliance.

Appropriate IT security and related

controls are in place for all key

processes to keep the IT environment

safe and monitor our network systems

and data.

Centaur has invested significantly in

its IT systems and, where services are

outsourced to suppliers, contingency

planning is carried out to mitigate risk of

supplier failure.

Centaur continues to develop its CRM,

e-commerce and finance systems

and has removed a number of legacy

systems in recent years reducing

the Group’s cyber risk. To improve

staff awareness, Centaur continues

to train staff on cyber security and

phishing with regular testing and online

learning.

Centaur has a business continuity plan

which includes its IT systems and there

is daily, overnight back-up of data,

stored off-site.

Websites are hosted by specialist third-

party providers who typically provide

warranties relating to security standards.

All of our websites are hosted on a

secure platform which is cloud hosted

and databases have been cleansed and

upgraded.

The Data Director ensures that

rigorous controls are in place to

ensure that warehouse data can only

be downloaded by the data team.

Integration of the warehouse with

current databases and data captured

and stored elsewhere is ongoing.

In an ever-increasing sophisticated

environment of cyber incidents, Centaur

has significantly improved protection,

creating a dedicated cross-technology

cyber workgroup to review processes,

systems and access. As a result,

Centaur has strengthened access

across all critical systems and improved

monitoring. In addition, Centaur has

been externally audited and certified

ISO/IEC 27001:2013 ‘Information

Security Management’. Given the

advanced nature and complexity of

cyber incidents, security is kept under

constant review.

Please see risk 4: Regulatory

compliance for specific mitigations

relating to the security of personal data

and GDPR compliance.

The Board considers

this risk to be broadly

the same as the prior

year.

www.centaurmedia.com

40

# Risk Management

#### CONTINUED

![]()

Rank Risk Description of risk and impact Risk mitigation/control procedure Movement in risk

4 Regulatory compliance

(GDPR, PECR and other

similar legislation)

includes strict

requirements regarding

how Centaur handles

personal data, including

that of customers.

There is the risk of a

fine from the ICO, third

party claims, as well as

reputational damage if

we do not comply.

Centaur has strict requirements in

respect of its handling of personal data

under UK General Data Protection

Regulation (‘GDPR’), the Data Protection

Act 2018 (‘DPA’), the Privacy and

Electronic Communications Regulations

(‘PECR’) and related law and regulation

(‘Data Protection Law’). Centaur’s

obligations under Data Protection Law

are continuously evolving meaning this

area requires ongoing focus.

PECR includes specific obligations

for businesses like Centaur regarding

how they conduct electronic marketing

calls, emails, texts and use cookies

and similar technologies, among other

things.

In the event of a serious breach of the

GDPR and/or PECR, Centaur could be

subject to a significant fine from the

regulator, the ICO and claims from third

parties, including customers, as well as

reputational damage.

The maximum fines for breaches are

£17.5 million (GDPR) and £500,000

(PECR) respectively and Directors can

be liable for serious breaches of PECR’s

marketing rules.

Other countries and jurisdictions

worldwide have their own laws relating

to data and privacy. Where Centaur

is required to comply with the laws in

non-UK jurisdictions there is a risk that

Centaur may not be compliant with

all such laws and could therefore be

subject to regulatory action and fines

from the relevant regulators and data

subjects.

ICO guidance relating to use of cookies,

and further changes to the laws relating

to data privacy, ad tech and electronic

marketing expected in the future, will

further increase the regulatory burden

for businesses like Centaur and the

requirements in this regard will need to

be kept under review.

Centaur has taken a wide range of

measures aimed at complying with the

key aspects of GDPR, DPA and PECR.

The Data Compliance Committee

(overseen by the CFO) monitors

Centaur’s ongoing compliance with data

protection laws.

Staff are required to undertake online

data protection awareness and data

security awareness training annually.

Centaur has appointed a DPO (Wiggin

LLP) to oversee its compliance with

data protection laws. Further, Centaur’s

in-house legal team keeps abreast

of material developments in data

protection law and regulation and

advice from external law firms is sought

where appropriate.

Given the increasingly global nature

of our business and our customers

Centaur’s approach to complying

with data protection laws in other

jurisdictions is kept under review.

The Board considers

this risk to be broadly

the same as the prior

year.

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023

www.centaurmedia.com

41

STRATEGIC REPORT

![]()

www.centaurmedia.com

42

# Viability Statement

In accordance with provision 31 of the

UK Corporate Governance Code 2018,

the Directors have assessed the viability

of the Group over a three-year and

nine-month period from signing of this

Annual Report to December 2027, taking

account of the Group’s current position,

the Group’s strategy, the Board’s risk

appetite and, as documented above, the

principal risks facing the Group and how

these are managed. Based on the results

of this analysis, the Directors have a

reasonable expectation that the Group and

the Company will be able to continue in

operation and meet its liabilities as they fall

due over the period to December 2027.

The Board has determined that the three-

year and nine-month period to December

2027 is an appropriate period over which

to provide its viability statement because

the Board’s financial planning horizon

covers a four-year period. In making their

assessment, the Directors have taken

account of the Group’s £10m three-year

revolving credit facility (which allows

extensions to March 2026 on similar terms),

cash flows, dividend cover and other key

financial ratios over the period.

The covenants of the facility require a

minimum interest cover ratio of 4 and

net leverage not exceeding 2.5 times. In

the calculation of net leverage Adjusted

EBITDA excludes the impact of IFRS 16.

The Group is not expected to breach any

of these covenants in any of the scenarios

run for the viability statement and is not

forecasting that the facility will be utilised

during the viability period.

The base scenario uses a four-year forecast

to December 2027. The four-year forecast

was built, bottom-up from the budget for

2024 together with appropriate growth

factors for 2025 to 2027.

The metrics in the base case are subject

to stress testing which involves sensitising

key assumptions underlying the forecasts

both individually and in unison. The key

sensitivity is on Adjusted EBITDA which

is the primary driver of performance in

the viability assessment. This sensitised

scenario assumes that Adjusted EBITDA

is lowered by 10% in every period that the

viability statement covers.

In both the base case and sensitised

scenarios, the Group would not be

required to rely on the revolving credit

facility in order to fund its daily operations.

Sensitising the model for changes in the

assumptions and risks affirmed that the

Group and the Company would remain

viable over the three-year and nine-month

period to December 2027.

#### Going concern basis ofaccounting

In accordance with provision 30 of the

UK Corporate Governance Code 2018,

the Directors’ statement as to whether

they consider it appropriate to adopt the

going concern basis of accounting in

preparing the financial statements and their

identification of any material uncertainties,

including the principal risks outlined above,

to the Group’s ability to continue to do so

over a period of at least twelve months

from the date of approval of the financial

statements and for the foreseeable future,

being the period as discussed in the

viability statement above, can be found on

page 47.

The Strategic Report was approved by the

Board of Directors and signed by order of

the Board.

#### HELEN SILVER

Company Secretary

12 March 2024

![]()

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023

www.centaurmedia.com

43

GOVERNANCE REPORT

# Board of Directors

#### COLIN JONES

Chair

Colin joined Centaur in September 2018 and became Chair in June 2019. Prior to June 2018,

Colin was CFO of Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC (Euromoney), where he worked in

leadership roles in the UK and US for 22 years. He is also a non-executive director and audit

committee chair at M&C Saatchi Plc, a non-executive director and remuneration committee

chair at Gateley (Holdings) plc, and a non-executive director and trustee of City Lit, London’s

leading adult education college, where he chairs the Finance & Commercial Committee.

During his time at Euromoney, Colin was instrumental in its transformation from its traditional

media roots to a global, B2B digital information group. He also has extensive M&A expertise

through Euromoney’s many successful transactions. Before joining Euromoney, Colin was a

director at Price Waterhouse Europe, where he qualified as a Chartered Accountant.

Chair of the Nomination Committee and Member of the Remuneration Committee.

#### SWAGATAM MUKERJI

Chief Executive Officer

Swag joined Centaur in 2016, after creating significant shareholder value previously

at several blue chip FMCG companies, including United Biscuits plc, Diageo plc and

Virgin, where he operated as a value creator, trouble-shooter and change agent. At

Biocompatibles International plc, he led the commercialisation and international growth

of the company, whilst running the product licensing division, increasing the share price

fourfold in a falling market. Since then, he has been a C-suite director of three private

equity backed businesses in a variety of sectors with the common theme of increasing

shareholder value through strategy refresh, transformation and revitalising corporate

culture. He has also led a substantial number of M&A transactions and multi-lender

refinancings. Swag qualified as a Chartered Accountant at PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

and is a Warwick MBA.

#### SIMON LONGFIELD

Chief Financial Officer

Simon joined Centaur in November 2019. He spent the previous 10 years as CFO of BMI

Research, a leading provider through its subscriptions model of macroeconomic, industry

and financial market analysis, which was acquired by Fitch Group in 2014. During his time

at BMI Research revenue more than doubled as the company expanded internationally

with Simon’s support. Prior to this, Simon was CFO of Newfound, an AIM-listed property

and leisure group. Simon began his career at PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP where he

qualified as a Chartered Accountant and worked in London and Australia.

#### WILLIAM ECCLESHARE

Senior Independent Director

William joined Centaur in July 2016. William served as CEO of Clear Channel Outdoor

(NYSE) – one of the world’s largest out-of-home media companies – from 2009 to 2021.

He is Senior Independent Director of Britvic plc and Chair of The Design Council – a

charity by Royal Charter and the UK Government’s strategic advisor on design. William

served as a non-executive director of Hays plc from 2004 to 2014 and was a Partner

and Leader of European Branding Practice at McKinsey & Co from 2000 to 2003. He

has also served in international leadership roles at major advertising agencies, including

as European Chairman and CEO of BBDO (Omnicom); European Chairman of Young

and Rubicam (WPP Group); Global Strategic Planning Director of J. Walter Thompson

Worldwide (WPP Group); and CEO of PPGH/JWT Amsterdam.

Member of the Audit, Remuneration and Nomination Committees.

![]()

www.centaurmedia.com

44

#### CAROL HOSEY

Non-Executive Director (Independent)

Carol joined Centaur on 5 February 2020. Carol has extensive remuneration

experience at executive and board level and has spent over 20 years in senior HR

roles, latterly as the Group HR Director for Mace Ltd, the international consultancy and

construction group and Mitie Group plc.

Chair of the Remuneration Committee and member of the Audit and Nomination

Committees. She is also the Non-Executive Director sponsor of Centaur’s employee

engagement committee known as DICE.

#### LESLIEANN REED

Non-Executive Director (Independent)

Leslie-Ann joined Centaur on 1 March 2020 and became Chair of Centaur’s Audit

Committee on 31 March 2020. Leslie-Ann is non-executive director at Learning

Technologies Group plc and also at Bloomsbury Publishing Plc and Frontier

Developments plc where she serves as the senior independent non-executive director.

She also serves as Chair of the Audit Committee for these companies. Leslie-Ann is

a Chartered Accountant and her executive roles previously included CFO of the B2B

publisher Metal Bulletin plc and the online auctioneer Go Industry plc.

Chair of the Audit Committee and member of the Nomination and Remuneration

Committees.

#### RICHARD STAVELEY

Non-Executive Director

Richard joined Centaur in May 2022 as a non-independent non-executive director with

over twenty-four years’ experience of equity investing as a fund manager at several

successful fund management businesses, primarily in publicly quoted companies. He

is the lead fund manager at Rockwood Strategic Plc, which holds 6.0% of Centaur, and

an advisor to Harwood Capital LLP, which holds 23.8%. Since qualifying as a Chartered

Accountant at PricewaterhouseCoopers, Richard has worked at Société Générale Asset

Management, River and Mercantile Asset Management and Majedie Asset Management.

He is a Chartered Financial Analyst (‘CFA’) with a Bachelor of Arts from the University of

Newcastle. He is also a non-executive director of Pressure Technologies plc.

# Board of Directors

#### CONTINUED

![]()

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023

www.centaurmedia.com

45

GOVERNANCE REPORT

#### STEVE NEWBOLD

Group Managing Director – Xeim

Steve joined Centaur in March 2015. He is responsible for the Xeim portfolio of brands

including Econsultancy, Influencer Intelligence, Marketing Week and the highly successful

MW Mini MBA series. Steve has extensive experience in leading content-led, multi-

channel businesses in both B2B and consumer sectors. He has played a key role at

Centaur in accelerating the growth of the company’s digital information and training

business with a focus on establishing long-term relationships with customers and

developing repeatable revenue streams. Prior to joining Centaur Steve held Managing

Director roles at WGSN, i2i Events, Emap Communications (now Ascential) and Emap

Consumer Media (now Bauer).

#### JANE WILKINSON

Managing Director – The Lawyer

Jane is Managing Director of The Lawyer. She joined Centaur in August 2021 and has

over 25 years of industry experience, including 18 years at B2B data and information

business Euromoney Institutional Investor Plc, where she played a key role in growing

paid subscriptions and transitioning the business to digital. She was responsible

for running Euromoney Learning Solutions; Institutional Investor and Hedge Fund

Intelligence, before becoming Group Chief Marketing Officer in 2016. Jane has worked

with subscription businesses throughout her career, both B2C and B2B, in the information

financial services and supply chain risk management sectors.

#### NICOLA MORETTI

Chief People Officer

Nicola joined Centaur as Chief People Officer in October 2023. She is responsible for

shaping and driving Centaur’s people and organisation strategy, including developing

strategic capabilities, and embedding a culture of inclusion and performance to realise

Centaur’s ambitions. She has extensive experience in technology-based businesses,

consulting and digital transformation. Prior to joining Centaur, Nicola was Chief People

Officer with Ozone, a rapidly growing digital advertising platform built by some of the UK’s

best-known publishers. Nicola began her career as a business change consultant with

Accenture, focusing on people transformation programmes.

#### IAN BALDWIN

Chief Technology Officer

Ian joined Centaur as part of the 2012 acquisition of The Profile Group, where he was

Senior Technology Director, and joined Centaur’s Executive Committee in November

2022 as Chief Technology Officer. With responsibility for all technology at Centaur,

including digital development, data and IT, Ian has extensive experience running digital

and IT teams and specialises in subscription systems, digital strategy, growth and product

innovation. He has played a critical role at Centaur leading the transformation of the

business’s print and digital information services into technology-enabled, scalable, high-

growth products. Prior to Centaur, Ian headed technology at research agency MRIB.

# Executive Committee

![]()

www.centaurmedia.com

46

# Directors’ Report

The Directors of CentaurMedia Plc (‘the Company’),a company incorporatedand domiciled in England

#### and Wales, present their

report on the affairs ofthe Company and itssubsidiaries (together the“Group”) as well as theaudited Company and

#### consolidated Group financialstatements for the yearended 31 December 2023.

There have been no significant events

since the reporting date.

#### Principal activities

The principal activities of the Group are the

provision of business information, training

and specialist consultancy to selected

professional and commercial markets within

the marketing and legal professions, our

two sectors. The principal activities of the

Company are those of a holding company.

#### Business review

The Strategic Report, incorporating

the CEO’s Statement, on pages 1 to

42, sets out a summary of the Group

strategic objectives, business model, key

performance measures, operating and

financial reviews, future developments,

S172 statement, the Environmental, Social

and Governance report and principal risks.

#### Directors and Directors’ interests

The Directors of the Company during the year and up to the date of this report are detailed below. The Board has decided to continue

observing best practice by offering themselves for re-election annually.

Number of

ordinary shares

held at

1 January 2023

Shares acquired

during the year

Number of

ordinary shares

held at

31 December

2023

Number of

ordinary

shares held at

12 March 2024

Swagatam Mukerji  660,656  512,507 1,173,163 1,174,245

Simon Longfield 72,769 277,016 349,785 349,785

Colin Jones  140,000 126,235 266,235 266,235

William Eccleshare – – – –

Carol Hosey  – – – –

Leslie-Ann Reed  – – – –

Richard Staveley  – – – –

The Directors’ interests in long-term incentive plans are disclosed in the Remuneration Committee Report on pages 63 to 70.

#### Greenhouse gas emissions

Details of the Group’s greenhouse

gas emissions are included in the

Environmental, Social and Governance

report on page 34.

Research and

#### development activities

The Group invests in systems and website

development activities – see note 11 to

the financial statements for the internally

generated amounts capitalised during

the year. The Group does not incur any

significant research costs.

#### Dividends

A final ordinary dividend under the

dividend policy in respect of the year

to 31 December 2023 of 1.2 pence per

share (2022: 0.6 pence) is proposed by

the Directors and, subject to shareholder

approval at the Annual General Meeting,

will be paid on 24 May 2024 to ordinary

shareholders on the register at the close

of business on 10 May 2024. The total

ordinary dividends paid to shareholders

relating to the year will therefore be

1.8 pence (2022: 1.1 pence).

In addition to the ordinary dividends paid

relating to 2023, special dividends of 3.0

pence per share and 2.0 pence per share

were paid in February and March 2023

respectively.

#### Share capital andsubstantial shareholdings

Details of the share capital of the Company

are set out in note 22 to the financial

statements. As at 31 December 2023, and

12 March 2024 (being the last practicable

date prior to publication), notifications

of interests at or above 3% in the issued

voting share capital of the Company had

been received from the following:

31 December

2023

12 March

2024

Harwood Capital

LLP 29.86% 29.86%

Aberforth

Partners LLP

1

23.91% 22.96%

Herald

Investment

Management 7.32% 7.32%

Downing LLP 4.56% 4.56%

Richard Griffiths 3.39% 3.68%

Graham Sherren 3.20% 3.20%

Artemis

Investment

Management LLP 3.01% 3.01%

1

This includes Wellcome Trust Limited which is managed

by Aberforth Partners LLP

At 12 March 2024 and 31 December 2023,

4,550,179 (31 December 2022: 4,550,179) 10

pence ordinary shares are held in treasury,

representing 3.01% (2022: 3.01%) of the

issued share capital of the Company as

at 31 December 2023. As at 31 December

2023, there were 800,000 (2022: 800,000)

deferred shares of 10 pence each which

carry restricted voting rights and carry no

right to receive a dividend payment.

![]()

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023

www.centaurmedia.com

47

GOVERNANCE REPORT

#### Qualifying third partyindemnity provisions

By virtue of article 231 of the Articles of

Association of the Company, a qualifying

third-party indemnity provision (within

the meaning given by section 234 of the

Companies Act 2006) is in force at the date

of this report in respect of each Director of

the Company and was in force throughout

the year.

The Company has purchased appropriate

insurance in respect of legal actions against

Directors and officers.

#### Charitable andpolitical donations

The Group supports local communities

and charitable organisations through direct

fundraising and donations with details of

the charitable donations made in 2023 to

be found in the community section of the

Section 172 statement.

No political donations were made during

the year (2022: £nil).

#### Employment policy

The Group is an equal opportunities

employer and appoints employees based

on their skill, experience and capability

without reference to age, gender, sexual

orientation, ethnic group, religious

beliefs, disability or any other personal

characteristics.

It is the Group’s policy to give full

consideration to suitable applications

for employment by disabled persons.

Opportunities also exist for employees

of the Group who become disabled to

continue in their employment or to be

trained for other positions in the Group.

The Group actively encourages employee

involvement at all levels, both through

bi-monthly employee briefings and

by direct access to managers and the

Executive Committee. Our employee

engagement committee known as DICE

was set up in 2019 on which more details

can be found in the Strategic Report on

page 36. In addition, the Share Incentive

Plan as described in note 23 encourages

employees’ participation in the Group’s

performance.

All employees are regularly briefed on the

financial and economic factors affecting

the Group’s performance and new

initiatives through town hall meetings and

management cascade of information.

#### Significant agreements

The Group’s bank facility agreement is a

significant agreement that is terminable

on a change of control of the Company.

In addition, awards under certain of the

long-term incentive plans, details of which

are set out in note 23, will vest or may be

exchanged for awards of a purchaser’s

shares upon a change of control of the

Company.

#### Conflicts of interest

Following the implementation of legislation

on conflicts of interest, reflected in the

historical changes to the Company’s

Articles of Association, procedures are in

place to deal with such conflicts which have

operated effectively.

#### Financial instruments

A statement in relation to the financial

risk management and use of financial

instruments by the Group is presented in

note 26 to the financial statements.

#### Information requiredunder the listing rules

In accordance with the UK Financial

Conduct Authority’s Listing Rules (LR

9.8.4C), the information to be included in

the Annual Report and financial statements,

where applicable, under LR 9.8.4, is set out

in this Directors’ Report, with the exception

of details of transactions with shareholders

which is set out on page 67.

#### Going concern

The Directors have carefully considered the

Group’s net current liabilities position, have

assessed the Company’s ability to continue

trading, and have a reasonable expectation

that the Company has adequate resources

to continue in operational existence for at

least twelve months from the date of this

report and for the foreseeable future, being

the period shown in the viability statement

on page 42. See note 1(a) of the financial

statements for further details and page 42

for our viability statement.

#### Subsidiaries

Details of the subsidiaries of the Company

are shown in note 13 to the financial

statements.

#### Compliance with theUK Corporate GovernanceCode

The Directors’ Statement on Corporate

Governance in respect of the Group’s

compliance with the provisions of the UK

Corporate Governance Code is set out on

page 48.

Auditor and disclosure ofinformation to the Auditor

The Directors confirm that, so far as the

Directors are aware, there is no relevant

audit information of which the Company’s

auditor is unaware and the Directors

have taken all the steps that they ought

to have taken as Directors in order to

make themselves aware of any relevant

audit information and to establish that

the Company’s auditor is aware of that

information.

This confirmation is given and should

be interpreted in accordance with the

provisions of s418 of the Companies

Act 2006. The Directors’ responsibility

statement is included on page 71.

Approved by the Board of Directors and

signed by order of the Board.

#### HELEN SILVER

Company Secretary

12 March 2024

![]()

www.centaurmedia.com

48

# Directors’ Statement on

# Corporate Governance

#### The Board is committed tohigh standards of corporategovernance and supports theUK Corporate Governance

#### Code published in 2018.The Board sets out its reportbelow on how the Group

has applied the principles of,

#### and complied with, the UKCorporate Governance Code

#### during the year.

#### Compliance statement

The Company has applied the provisions

set out in the UK Corporate Governance

Code throughout the year. The Board is

committed to maintaining a structure which

establishes a sound corporate governance

framework on behalf of the Company’s

shareholders. Throughout the year, the

Group has complied with all the provisions

of the UK Corporate Governance Code

except for the provision set out below.

In respect of Provision 38 of the Code,

Executive Directors’ pension contributions

are in line with the Remuneration Policy

approved at the AGM in 2022. In 2022,

Swagatam Mukerji had been receiving a

pension allowance equivalent to 9% of annual

salary, the rate at the time of his appointment

in 2016. After discussion at the beginning of

2022 the Remuneration Committee agreed

that this would be adjusted such that from

1 January 2024 this will be 7% and will be

reduced by a further 1% a year for each of

the 2 following years to align his pension

arrangements with the general workforce at

5% from 1 January 2026.

#### The Board

As at 31 December 2023, the Board had

five Non-Executive Directors and two

Executive Directors (Chief Executive and

Chief Financial Officer). Biographies for

each currently serving Director are shown

on pages 43 and 44. The Board endeavours

to maintain diversity in its composition

with respect to gender, skills, knowledge

and length of service in order to ensure

the balanced and effective running of the

Company. Colin Jones is Chair of the Board

and was independent on appointment.

He leads the Board and ensures that both

Executive and Non-Executive Directors

make available sufficient time to carry out

their duties in an appropriate manner, that

all Directors receive sufficient financial and

operational information and that there is

proper debate at Board meetings.

The Board is responsible for the leadership

of the Company and the Group, and in

discharging that responsibility it makes

decisions objectively and in the best

interests of the Group and its stakeholders.

The Section 172 Statement is set out in the

Strategic Report on pages 23 to 26. The

Board sets the vision, culture, values and

standards for the Group. The balance of the

Board, together with the advice sought from

the Executive Committee members and the

Company’s external advisors, ensures that

no one individual has unfettered powers

of decision. The Board delegates day-to-

day responsibility for the running of the

Company to the Chief Executive.

The Chair is responsible for the effective

performance of the Board through a

schedule of matters reserved for approval

by the Board (comprising issues considered

most significant to the Group in terms of

financial impact and risk) and control of the

Board agenda. The Chair conducts Board

and shareholder meetings and ensures

that all Directors are properly briefed. The

Chief Executive, supported by the Chief

Financial Officer and Executive Committee,

is responsible to the Board for running

the business and implementing strategy.

The Board reviews the performance of the

Executive Directors and the Group against

agreed budgets and against the Group’s

objectives, strategy and values.

The Senior Independent Director is William

Eccleshare, who is also a member of the

Remuneration, Audit and Nomination

Committees. The Company Secretary

is Helen Silver. The Company Secretary

assists the Chair in ensuring there is

efficient communication between all

Directors, the committees and senior

management, as well as the professional

development of Directors. Independent

advisors including lawyers, remuneration

specialists and the external auditor are

available to advise the Non-Executive

Directors at the Company’s expense. All the

Non-Executive Directors, apart from Richard

Staveley, are independent and the Chair

was independent on appointment.

Committee meetings are held

independently of Board meetings and

invitations to attend are extended by

the Committee Chair to other Directors,

the Group’s advisors and management

as appropriate. The terms of reference

of the Audit Committee, the Nomination

Committee and the Remuneration

Committee, including their roles and the

authority delegated to them by the Board,

are available on request from the Company

Secretary and will be available at the AGM.

#### Board meetings

During the year, the membership of the Board and of each committee was as follows:

Board Role Audit Committee Remuneration Committee Nomination Committee

Colin Jones  Chair – Member Chair

William Eccleshare  Senior Independent Director Member Member Member

Carol Hosey  Non–Executive Director Member Chair Member

Leslie-Ann Reed  Non–Executive Director Chair Member Member

Richard Staveley Non–Executive Director – – –

Swagatam Mukerji  Chief Executive – – –

Simon Longfield Chief Financial Officer – – –

![]()

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023

www.centaurmedia.com

49

GOVERNANCE REPORT

The number of scheduled full Board meetings and committee meetings during the year along with attendance of Directors was as follows:

Board

1

Audit

Committee

Remuneration

Committee

2

Nomination

Committee

Number of scheduled meetings held: 6 5 3 2

Meetings

attended

Meetings

eligible to

attend

Meetings

attended

Meetings

eligible to

attend

Meetings

attended

Meetings

eligible to

attend

Meetings

attended

Meetings

eligible to

attend

Colin Jones 6 6 \_ \_ 3 3 2 2

William Eccleshare 6 6 5 5 3 3 2 2

Swagatam Mukerji  6 6 – – – – – –

Simon Longfield  6 6 – – – – – –

Carol Hosey  6 6 5 5 3 3 2 2

Leslie-Ann Reed  6 6 5 5 3 3 2 2

Richard Staveley  6 6 – – – – – –

1

Four additional unscheduled Board meetings were held during the year.

2

One additional unscheduled Remuneration Committee meeting was held during the year.

If a Director is unable to attend a meeting

he or she is provided with the same level

of information as the other Directors in

advance of the meeting and given the

opportunity to express views, which will

then be shared at the meeting.

In addition to the key items identified for

discussion by the Committees above, the

Board discussed the following matters at

the Board meetings during the year:

•  Review of financial performance against

budget, forecasts and prior year;

•  Review of Centaur’s four-year strategy;

•  Review of dividend policy and

payments;

•  Return of capital to shareholders;

•  Review and approval of budgets;

•  Review of Group key performance

indicators;

•  Approval of financial reports and

communication to shareholders and

investors; and

•  Approval of the Group’s internal control

policy, including a robust assessment

of the principal and emerging risks,

corporate governance environment

and environmental issues.

#### Board assessment andDirectors’ performanceevaluation

The Board undertakes a formal evaluation

of its own performance and that of its

committees and individual Directors.

Individual evaluation aims to show whether

each Director continues to contribute

effectively and to demonstrate commitment

to the role (including commitment of time

for Board and committee meetings and

other duties). Evaluations are undertaken

annually by self-assessment and the Chair’s

performance is also evaluated by the other

Non-Executive Directors at a separate

meeting for this purpose each year.

In addition, the Chief Executive is subject

to an annual performance review with the

Chair. New Directors receive an induction

programme and all the Directors are

encouraged to undertake continuous

professional development programmes

as appropriate. The Group maintains

insurance cover in respect of legal action

against its Directors.

#### Management structure

The Board delegates the day-to-day

running of the Company to the Executive

Directors, who in turn share the operational

running of the Group with the Executive

Committee. Throughout the year, the

Executive Committee was the primary body

implementing operational management

across the Group.

The role of the Executive Committee is to

review:

•  Financial performance, the budget and

forecasts;

•  Human capital management and

resource allocation including capital

expenditure;

•  Operational efficiency and

developments (including Group IT,

procurement and facilities);

•  Product development;

•  Market development;

•  Business continuity planning;

•  Internal and external communications;

•  Business transformation and change

management; and

•  Acquisition and disposal plans.

The biographies of the members of the

Executive Committee are set out on

page 45.

![]()

www.centaurmedia.com

50

# Directors’ Statement on

# Corporate Governance

#### CONTINUED

#### Relations with shareholders

The Company encourages meaningful

dialogue with all stakeholders. Shareholder

communication centres primarily on the

publication of annual reports, periodic

press releases, investor presentations,

analyst research on Centaur’s website and

trading updates. The Chair and Executive

Directors are available for discussions

with shareholders throughout the year

and particularly around the time of results

announcements. During the year, meetings

were held with major shareholders

following the preliminary results in March

and the interim results in July.

The Senior Independent Director is also

available should any shareholder wish

to draw any matters to his attention.

The Directors are available for comment

throughout the year and at all General

Meetings of the Company. Centaur

values the views of its shareholders

and recognises their interest in the

Company’s strategy and performance,

Board membership and quality of

management. The Group therefore has

an active programme to meet and make

presentations to its current and potential

shareholders to discuss its objectives.

More details on engagement with our

stakeholders are set out in the Section 172

Statement in the Strategic Report on

pages 23 to 26.

Investors are encouraged to attend the

AGM and to participate in proceedings

formally or sharing their views with Board

members informally after the meeting. The

Chairs of the Audit, Remuneration and

Nomination Committees are available to

answer questions. Separate resolutions are

proposed on each issue so that they can

be given proper consideration and there is

a resolution to approve the Annual Report

and Financial Statements. Consistent with

last year’s AGM, shareholders will be given

the opportunity to email questions to the

Board prior to the AGM in 2024.

The Company counts all proxy votes and

indicates the level of proxies lodged on

each resolution, after it has been voted on

by a show of hands. All shareholders can

gain access to the annual reports, trading

updates, announcements, research, press

releases and other information about the

Company through the Company’s website,

www.centaurmedia.com.

#### Risk assessment

Risks that affect or may affect the

business are identified and assessed,

and appropriate controls and systems

implemented to ensure that the risk is

managed. The Group’s risk register is

kept by the Company Secretary with input

from the Executive Committee and Head

of Legal and is reviewed by the Audit

Committee regularly with appropriate

mitigation actions also being reported to

and overseen by the Audit Committee.

#### Principal and emerging risks

The principal and emerging risks facing the

Group, with associated mitigating controls,

are detailed on pages 38 to 41 within the

Strategic Report.

#### Ethics

The Group carries out its business in a

fair, honest and open manner, ensuring

that it complies with all relevant laws and

regulations. The Company has specific

policies on fraud, Director conflict, bribery,

whistleblowing and slavery and human

trafficking, which are widely distributed

and compliance with these policies is

monitored. The HR team ensures that new

job opportunities are made available to

existing employees as well as to outside

applicants and that all employees are

able to benefit from training, career

development and promotion opportunities

where appropriate. The recruitment of new

personnel is made without prejudice and

the Group believes in equal opportunity

and encourages diversity. The analysis

of the Group’s workforce and Board by

gender is set out in the Environmental,

Social and Governance Report on page 37.

Through all our interactions with our

customers and partners we ensure that we

treat them fairly and openly while abiding

by the terms of contracts and relevant law.

Equally, we treat our suppliers fairly, and

do not exploit them or their employees,

including the objective of paying all

suppliers within the agreed payment terms.

#### Monitoring of controls

The Board has overall responsibility for the

effectiveness of the Group’s system of risk

management and internal controls, and

these are regularly monitored by the Audit

Committee.

Details of the activities of the Audit

Committee in this financial year can be

found in the Audit Committee Report on

pages 52 to 54.

![]()

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023

www.centaurmedia.com

51

GOVERNANCE REPORT

#### Greenhouse gas emissions

The disclosure in respect of the

greenhouse gas emissions of the Group

in tonnes of carbon dioxide is set out in

the Environmental, Social and Governance

Report on page 34.

#### Fraud

While the Group cannot guarantee to

prevent fraud, an internal control framework

is in place to reduce the likelihood of

fraud arising. The Group’s whistleblowing

policy is available to employees on the

Company’s intranet, should any employee

become aware of any incidence of fraud.

#### Directors’ conflicts

Group and subsidiary Directors are

required to notify their employing company

of all directorships they hold. Annual

conflict of interest disclosures require

them to disclose such directorships or

other relationships, which they or a person

connected to them may hold. Richard

Staveley represents significant shareholder

interests as an adviser to Harwood Capital

and when appropriate will recuse himself

from Board discussions if there is the

possibility of a conflict. These are reviewed

by the Board to assess the impact on the

Company and whether it would impair the

Group’s objectives.

#### Bribery Act 2010

In response to the Bribery Act 2010,

the Board performed a risk assessment

across the Group and formalised its policy

to prevent bribery. The Board has in

place processes to prevent corruption or

unethical behaviour. The policy explains

what is considered a bribe or facilitation

payment, which are prohibited, and

provides guidance over the levels of

gifts, entertainment and hospitality that

are considered reasonable. Training is

mandatory for all employees. During 2023,

an online training programme was made

available to all employees. The Group’s

policy is communicated to all appropriate

third parties. The more rigorous processes

around declaring Directors’ interests

and identifying potential conflicts have

improved the regular monitoring of the

Group’s policy.

#### Whistleblowing

The Company is committed to the highest

standards of integrity and honesty. Along

with other policies which encourage this

behaviour, the Group’s whistleblowing

policy is available to employees on

the Company’s intranet. This policy

allows all employees to disclose openly,

in confidence or anonymously, any

concerns they may have about possible

improper practices, in financial or other

matters. An escalation process has been

communicated to employees. Any matters

raised will be investigated and resolved.

The Audit Committee will be notified of

any issues raised through this process

and appropriate action taken. However, no

incidents were noted during the year.

#### Modern Slavery Act 2015

The Company is committed to

implementing and enforcing effective

systems and controls to ensure modern

slavery is not taking place anywhere in its

business or in any of its supply chains. The

Company’s slavery and human trafficking

statement for the purposes of section

54 of the Modern Slavery Act 2015 is

available on the Company’s website, www.

centaurmedia.com. The Group has in

place an anti-slavery and human trafficking

policy which has been made available to

employees on the Company’s intranet and

is notified to all new joiners. Training has

been provided to key employees and the

policy is communicated to suppliers and

other third parties where appropriate.

#### Capital structure

Information on the share capital structure

is included in the Directors’ Report on

page 46.

Approved by the Board of Directors and

signed by order of the Board.

#### HELEN SILVER

Company Secretary

12 March 2024

![]()

www.centaurmedia.com

52

# Audit Committee Report

Dear Shareholder,

#### I am pleased to present thereport of the Audit Committee(‘the Committee’) for the yearended 31 December 2023.

#### This report details the Audit

#### Committee’s responsibilities

and key activities over the

#### period.

The role of the Committee is to protect

the interests of shareholders regarding

the integrity of financial information

published by the Group and to oversee the

effectiveness of the external audit. It does

this through reviewing and reporting to the

Board on the Group’s financial reporting,

internal controls and risk management

processes and the performance,

independence and effectiveness of the

external auditor.

Following the appointment of Crowe U.K.

LLP as auditor for the 2020 audit, they

have continued in office and provide their

audit report on 2023 on pages 72 to 75.

#### Committee composition

The Audit Committee comprises Carol

Hosey, William Eccleshare and myself.

Our biographies are shown on pages 43

to 44. The membership of the Committee

is balanced and is considered to contain

the appropriate combination of recent,

relevant financial experience through the

Chair, as well as competence relevant

to the sector. The Executive Directors,

representatives of the external auditor

and other Group executives regularly

attend meetings at the invitation of the

Committee. The Committee met five times

during the year with attendance as shown

in the Directors’ Statement on Corporate

Governance. Meetings are held throughout

the year and timed to align with the overall

financial reporting timetable. At least once

during the year, the Committee meets

separately with the external auditor without

management and as Chair I am in regular

direct contact with the external auditor and

with the Chief Financial Officer.

#### Roles and responsibilities

The main roles and responsibilities of the

Audit Committee are to:

•  Monitor the integrity of the financial

statements of the Group and any

formal public announcements relating

to the Group’s financial performance,

reviewing (and approving) significant

financial reporting judgements

contained in them;

•  Review and monitor the external

auditor’s independence and objectivity

and the effectiveness of the audit

process, taking into consideration

relevant UK professional and regulatory

requirements;

•  Review and assess the Annual Report

in order to determine that it can advise

the Board that, taken as a whole,

the Annual Report is fair, balanced

and understandable, and provides

shareholders with the information they

need to assess the Group’s position

and performance, business model and

strategy as required by provision 27 of

the UK Corporate Governance Code;

•  Make recommendations to the Board in

relation to the appointment and terms

of engagement of the external auditor

and to review and approve levels of

audit and non-audit remuneration;

•  Develop and implement policy on the

engagement of the external auditor to

supply non-audit services;

•  Review the effectiveness of the

Group’s internal financial control and

risk management systems including

a bi-annual review of the Group’s risk

register;

•  Review the Group’s financial and

operational policies and procedures

to ensure they remain effective and

relevant;

•  Consider annually whether there is a

need for an internal audit function and

make a recommendation to the Board

(see section below);

•  Oversee the whistleblowing

arrangements of the Group and

to ensure they are operating

effectively; and

•  Report to the Board on how it has

discharged its responsibilities.

#### Activities of the Committeeduring the year

During the year and up until the date of this

report, the Audit Committee undertook the

following activities to ensure the integrity of

the Group’s financial statements and formal

announcements:

•  Regularly met with management and

the Chief Financial Officer to discuss

the results and performance of the

business;

•  Received reports from management

on the internal controls covering the

financial reporting process and on data

compliance matters;

•  Reviewed forecasts relating to the

interim and final ordinary dividends and

the special dividends;

•  Reviewed and agreed the external

auditor’s strategy in advance of their

audit for the year;

•  Reviewed and agreed reappointment

and remuneration of the external

auditor;

•  Reviewed compliance with

requirements under the UK Corporate

Governance Code, and in particular

its impact on the Strategic Report,

Viability Statement and going concern

assessment;

•  Discussed the report received from

the external auditor regarding their

audit in respect of the prior year, which

included comments on significant

financial reporting judgements and

their findings on internal controls;

•  Met with other management personnel;

•  Reviewed and discussed with

management and the Chief Financial

Officer each financial reporting

announcement made by the

Group; and

•  Reviewed compliance with UK-adopted

International Accounting Standards.

The most significant financial reporting

judgements and estimates considered by

the Audit Committee and discussed with

the external auditor during the year were

as follows:

![]()

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023

www.centaurmedia.com

53

GOVERNANCE REPORT

#### Carrying value of goodwill,intangible assets andinvestments

The Committee has reviewed

management’s assessment of the

recoverability of the Group’s goodwill and

intangible assets at 31 December 2023 and

whether there is a need for any resulting

impairment. The recoverable amount of

goodwill has been determined through

value-in-use calculations of each cash-

generating unit (‘CGU’) based on Board

approved forecasts for the first four years of

the value-in-use calculation and applying a

terminal growth rate of 2.5%. Management’s

assessment of the recoverability of the

Group’s goodwill and intangible assets

resulted in no impairment being recognised.

The Committee paid particular attention

to the judgements and assumptions

used to forecast cash flows, particularly

around revenue and adjusted EBITDA

growth rates. The Committee was satisfied

that the forecasts reflect the CGUs’

historical budgeting performance and that

reasonable sensitivities were performed,

that the value-in-use calculation reflects

management’s best estimate, and that

the booking of no impairment against any

CGU is appropriate. As a result, the Audit

Committee was satisfied with the carrying

value of goodwill and intangible assets in

the Group’s balance sheet.

Further details on goodwill and the

impairment testing are included in note 10

to the financial statements.

#### Going concern and viability

The Audit Committee received a report

setting out the going concern review

undertaken by management which forms

the basis of the Board’s going concern

conclusion.

The Group reported revenue of £37.3m for

2023, a reduction of 3% from £38.4m in

2022. Adjusted profit before tax increased

by 57% to £7.6m arising from tight control

over the Group’s operating costs and

operational leverage. The Group’s cash

generation remained strong resulting from

an increase in adjusted EBITDA of 20%

to £9.7m, however after paying out £8.9m

of special and ordinary dividends during

the year, resulting net cash

1

decreased to

£9.5m at the end of 2023 (2022: £16.0m).

The Committee has reviewed forecasts to

cover the twelve months from signature

date based on the Group’s four-year

plan strategy with downside scenarios

explored. The Committee has also taken

into consideration the dividends paid and

recommended to be paid after the end

of the year and the £10m revolving credit

facility with NatWest. The Committee has

concluded that the adoption of the going

concern basis is appropriate.

The Committee has also assessed the

statement in relation to the longer-term

viability of the Group and of the Group’s

principal risks to viability, including

reviewing the long-term financial projections

for the period over which the statement

is made, and reviewing qualitative and

quantitative analysis and scenario testing

prepared by management. The Committee

concluded that the statement in relation to

the longer-term viability of the Group in the

Strategic Report is appropriate.

1

Net cash is the total of cash and cash equivalents and

short-term deposits.

#### Adjusting items

Adjusting items in 2023 comprise the

amortisation of acquired intangible assets,

share-based payments, exceptional

operating costs relating to restructuring and

loss on disposal of assets. The Committee

is satisfied that it is appropriate to present

these items as adjusting items on the basis

that they assist the user in assessing the

core operating performance of the Group.

The Committee assesses the

appropriateness of all alternative

performance measures disclosed as

adjusting and the impact these have on the

presentation of the Group’s results and is

satisfied that they do not inappropriately

replace or obscure IFRS measures. Further

details on adjusting items are included in

notes 1(b) and 4 to the financial statements.

#### Discontinued operations

The Committee assessed the

appropriateness of classifying Really

B2B and Design Week as discontinued

operations under IFRS 5 ‘Discontinued

operations’ and the associated accounting

disclosures. The Committee is satisfied that

this treatment is appropriate. Further details

on discontinued operations are included in

note 8 to the financial statements.

#### New accounting standards

No new accounting standards were

introduced during the year. As a premium-

listed company, Centaur was already

required to disclose climate-related financial

disclosures since its 2021 Annual Report.

![]()

www.centaurmedia.com

54

#### Risk management

The Group’s management is responsible

for the identification, assessment and

management of risk and emerging risk,

as well as for designing and operating the

system of internal control as set out in the

Strategic Report on pages 38 to 41. The

Committee has assessed management’s

identification of risk and concluded that

appropriate mitigating actions are being

taken. The auditor has also detailed certain

risks in their report and set out the work

performed to satisfy themselves that

these have been properly reflected in the

financial statements. The Committee has

worked closely with management and

received detailed information to assess the

effectiveness of internal financial control and

risk assessment and management systems,

and report on them to the Board (which

retains ultimate responsibility). Details of

financial risks are set out in note 26.

Having monitored the Group’s risk

management and internal control system,

and having reviewed the effectiveness

of material controls, including financial,

operational and compliance controls, the

Committee confirms on behalf of the Board

that it has not identified any significant

control failings or weaknesses at any time

during the year and to the date of this report.

#### Risk of fraud

The Committee considered the risk of

fraudulent financial reporting in the business

and through its review of the effectiveness

of internal controls and reporting from

management has concluded that adequate

controls were in place during the year.

#### Whistleblowing

The Committee reviewed the Group’s

whistleblowing policy and is satisfied that

this has met FCA rules and good standards

of corporate governance. Further details of

the whistleblowing policy are set out within

the Directors’ Statement on Corporate

Governance on page 51.

#### Internal controls andinternal audit

The Committee considered whether it was

appropriate to appoint internal auditors

and concluded that this is not currently

required given the size of the business, its

relatively centralised operations and the

risks identified together with the mitigating

controls. During the year the CFO provides

a report on the significant internal controls

operating within the business and notes any

weaknesses identified during the period

together with appropriate mitigations. In

addition, the external auditor as part of the

audit procedures considers and evaluates

the adequacy of the Group’s systems and

controls relevant to the financial statements.

The auditor reviews the key cycle

processes and assesses the design and

implementation of controls. Any weaknesses

arising from this review are reported to

management who identify solutions or

mitigations. The associated weakness and

recommendations are discussed with the

Audit Committee to ensure that appropriate

actions are undertaken in order to deliver a

satisfactory resolution.

#### External audit

The Group’s external auditor is Crowe U.K.

LLP (Crowe) who were appointed as auditor

in November 2020 following a competitive

tender. The Committee monitors the

external audit process to ensure high

standards of quality and effectiveness.

This was assessed throughout the year

using a number of measures, including:

•  Reviewing the quality and scope of

planning of the audit and the level

of fees;

•  Monitoring the independence and

transparency of the audit; and

•  Obtaining feedback from management

and the Directors on the quality

of the audit team, their business

understanding and audit approach, and

approving reappointment.

The Audit Committee has considered

the independence and objectivity of the

external auditor through a careful review of

their terms of engagement, scope of work

and level of fees (which are shown in

note 3 to the financial statements).

The external auditor is excluded from

providing any non-audit services that

individually, or in aggregate, may impair the

independence of the auditor. Prior approval

from the Audit Committee is required

for any permitted audit-related or other

services in accordance with the regulations.

During the year, Crowe provided no

services to the Group other than audit and

audit-related (interim review) services.

The external auditor’s report to the Directors

and the Audit Committee also confirmed

their independence in accordance with

auditing standards and the Committee

concurred. Should non-audit services be

required in the forthcoming year, we are

likely to use suppliers other than Crowe.

#### Self-assessment

During the period the Audit Committee

performed a formal, questionnaire based

self-assessment, the results of which

confirmed that the Committee continued to

function effectively.

#### Report to the Board

The Board has requested the Committee

to confirm that in its opinion the Board

can make the required statement that the

Annual Report taken as a whole is fair,

balanced and understandable and provides

the information necessary for shareholders

to assess the Company’s position and

performance, business model and strategy.

The Committee has given this confirmation

on the basis of its review of the whole

Annual Report, underpinned by involvement

in the planning for its preparation, review

of the processes to ensure the accuracy of

factual content and by assurances from the

Remuneration Committee.

Independent auditor

A resolution is to be proposed at the

Annual General Meeting for the re-

appointment of Crowe as auditor of the

Company.

#### LESLIE-ANN REED

Chair of the Audit Committee

12 March 2024

# Audit Committee Report

#### CONTINUED

![]()

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023

www.centaurmedia.com

55

GOVERNANCE REPORT

# Nomination Committee Report

Dear Shareholder,

#### I am pleased to present thereport of the NominationCommittee for the yearended 31 December 2023.

This report details the

#### Committee’s responsibilities

and key activities over the

period. The Committeecomprises myself andthe three independent

Non-Executive Directors:

#### William Eccleshare (SeniorIndependent Director), Carol

#### Hosey and Leslie-Ann Reed.

#### Nomination Committeeresponsibilities

The Committee’s key responsibilities

include:

•  Reviewing the Board’s structure, size,

composition and diversity;

•  Reviewing the composition of Board

Committees;

•  Defining the role and competencies

required for appointments to the Board;

•  Managing succession planning for

all members of the Board and senior

management team;

•  Identifying, nominating and reviewing

candidates for appointment to the

Board; and

•  Reviewing the leadership needs of the

organisation, including Executive and

Non-Executive Directors as well as

senior management.

#### Activities during the year

The main areas of focus for the Committee

during the year were:

•  A continued review of succession

planning in general and how it will be

taken into consideration in relation to

the compliance with Listing Rule 9.8.6R

below; and

•  The appointment of Nicola Moretti as

Chief People Officer and member of

the Executive Committee to replace

Jacquie MacKenzie on her retirement.

DICE continues to play an integral role in

supporting engagement with our workforce

on Diversity, Inclusion, Culture and

Engagement and regularly reports to the

Board on its activities.

Board members

Percentage of

Board

Number of

senior positions

on Board

Executive

Committee

members

Percentage

of Executive

Committee

Men 5 71% 4 4 67%

Women 2 29% – 2 33%

Centaur does not currently comply with the requirements that at least 40% of the Board are women and at least one of the senior board

positions of Chair, Senior Independent Director, CEO or CFO is held by a woman.

However, Centaur is a small-cap Company with a small, effective Board and the Committee is committed that in due course, when any

of the senior Directors retires from the Board, it will look to appoint a Director that fulfils the targets set out in Listing Rule 9.8.6R(9) on

diversity into one of the senior positions.

The ethnic background of the Board and the Executive Committee at 31 December 2023 and the date of this report is as follows:

Board members

Percentage of

Board

Number of

senior positions

on Board

Executive

Committee

members

Percentage

of Executive

Committee

White British 6 86% 3 5 83%

Asian British 1 14% 1 1 17%

I am pleased to note that Centaur already complies with the target set out in Listing Rule 9.8.6R(10) that at least one member of the board

is from a non-White ethnic minority background. That person is our CEO. The data was collected from each Director as they are all based

in the UK.

Our policy on Board diversity is set out in the Directors’ Report and further details of diversity/gender in the Company are set out in the

Environmental, Social and Governance Statement on pages 36 to 37.

#### COLIN JONES

Chair of the Nomination Committee

12 March 2024

#### Diversity and Inclusion – Compliance with Listing Rule 9.8.6R

The gender identity of the Board and the Executive Committee at 31 December 2023 and the date of this report is as follows:

![]()

www.centaurmedia.com

56

# Remuneration Committee Report

Dear Shareholder,

On behalf of the Board, Iam pleased to present the

#### Directors’ Remuneration

#### Report for the year ended

31 December 2023. Thisreport is in three parts: (i)this Annual Statement; (ii)

#### the Directors’ Remuneration

#### Policy Report, which sets

#### out the Remuneration Policy

#### approved by shareholders

at the 2022 AGM; and

#### (iii) the Annual Report on

#### Remuneration.

2023 has once again provided us with a

challenging economy. The management

team has continued to demonstrate

considerable ingenuity and resilience

in its response to changes in customer

purchasing behaviour, which has slowed

in line with economic uncertainty.

Despite this the team, led by Swagatam

Mukerji and Simon Longfield, has

delivered a strong business performance

and is looking forward to the further

development of the business with a new

strategic plan for the next 4 years.

Across the broader team, pay rises

in October 2022 will have had some

continuing benefit and this was followed

by an average 5% pay rise for eligible

employees (excluding the CSG and Exco),

effective from 1 April 2023. Employees

also retain a generous benefits package

including pension, Medicash, life

assurance, a wellness day off, 25 to 30

days holiday (increasing with service), and

access to an electric vehicle scheme and

an Employee Assistance Programme.

Whilst it was anticipated that the Exco/

Directors would receive a 5% pay rise,

effective 1 April 2023, as reported in the

2022 Annual Report, the decision was

taken on commercial grounds to make

reduced awards of 2.5% to members of the

CSG and to remove pay awards, altogether,

for the Exco, Directors and Non-Executive

Directors.

Performance of the Group over this last year

shows a change in behaviour amongst our

customers; greater time and consideration

is being given to contracts and their

expenditure and Centaur is responding

to this change dynamically to ensure it is

equipped to meet these future challenges.

Whilst it has been challenging, we have

seen a positive financial performance in

2023 and this will be reflected in the 2023

annual bonus and 2021 LTIP award vesting

levels as detailed below.

#### Committee membershipand work of the Committeeduring the year

During the year, Centaur’s Remuneration

Committee comprised myself, Colin Jones,

William Eccleshare and Leslie-Ann Reed.

The Committee had three scheduled

meetings during 2023 and met one further

time. The main Committee activities during

the year (full details of which are set out in

the relevant sections of this report) included:

•  Agreeing Executive Director base

salary levels from 1 April 2023;

•  Agreeing the performance against the

targets for the 2022 annual bonus;

•  Agreeing the targets for the 2023

annual bonus plan;

•  Agreeing the award levels and

performance targets for the 2023 LTIP

awards;

•  Reviewing the Company’s share

dilution capacity for LTIP awards;

•  Reviewing and setting remuneration for

the Directors and Executive Committee;

•  Reviewing workforce remuneration and

alignment of workforce incentives and

rewards; and

•  Reviewing gender pay numbers and

disclosures and the CEO Pay Ratio

requirements.

In addition, the Committee has considered

how the Policy and practices are consistent

with the six factors set out in Provision 40

of the UK Corporate Governance Code:

•  Clarity – our Policy (approved by

shareholders in 2022) is understood

by our senior executive team and

has been clearly articulated to our

shareholders and representative

bodies (both on an ongoing basis and

when changes are proposed).

•  Simplicity – the Committee is mindful

of the need to avoid overly complex

remuneration structures which can be

misunderstood and deliver unintended

outcomes. Therefore, a key objective

of the Committee is to ensure that

our executive remuneration policies

and practices are straightforward to

communicate and operate.

•  Risk – our Policy has been designed to

ensure that inappropriate risk-taking is

discouraged and will not be rewarded

via: (i) the balanced use of annual and

long-term pay with a blend of financial,

non-financial and shareholder return

targets; (ii) the significant role played

by equity in our incentive plans; and (iii)

malus/clawback provisions.

•  Predictability – our incentive plans are

subject to individual caps and our share

plans are subject to market standard

dilution limits.

![]()

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023

www.centaurmedia.com

57

GOVERNANCE REPORT

•  Proportionality – there is a clear link

between individual awards, delivery of

strategy and long-term performance.

In addition, the significant role played

by incentive/‘at-risk’ pay, together with

the structure of the Executive Directors’

service contracts, ensures that poor

performance is not rewarded.

•  Alignment to culture – our executive

pay policies are aligned to our culture

through the use of metrics in our

incentive plans.

#### Performance and reward inrespect of 2023

The Group saw good year on year

growth in both adjusted EBITDA and

adjusted EBITDA margin with revenue on

a continuing basis only 3% below 2022

due to a decline in non-strategic revenue.

It delivered a 20% increase in adjusted

EBITDA to £9.7m for the year generated

at a margin of 26% reflecting the ongoing

focus on higher quality revenue streams

and the operational leverage inherent

within the Group. Despite the uncertain

macroeconomic backdrop and sector-wide

challenges, this growth in adjusted EBITDA

margin exceeds Centaur’s profitability

target, set 3 years ago in line with its

Margin Acceleration Plan 2023.

Reflecting this performance, the annual

bonus awards for 2023 were 53% of

salary (53% of max) for Swagatam Mukerji

and 53% of salary (53% of max) for Simon

Longfield as a result of adjusted EBITDA

performance being between the threshold

and maximum, revenue performance

being below threshold and the partial

achievement of personal objectives.

In relation to the 2020 LTIP awards granted

to both Swagatam Mukerji and Simon

Longfield on 30 June 2020 these vested

at 100% on 30 June 2023.The Committee

considered the extent to which there had

been a windfall gain, agreeing that no such

gain had been made as the Committee had

already sought to address any potential

windfall risk by reducing the award level

at the date of grant (awards were reduced

from 100% to 75% of salary).

The 2021 LTIP is due to vest at 100% on

25 March 2024 as a result of the adjusted

EBITDA margin, EPS and relative TSR

targets being met in full. Once again, the

committee has taken the opportunity to

consider if there has been a windfall gain

on the vesting of this award. It was agreed

that the Executives would not unduly

benefit from the Plan as the share price

at date of vesting was only marginally

above the share price at the date of grant

and the vesting of the Plan appropriately

reflects the underlying performance of the

Company, over the period of the Plan.

Further details of the annual bonus award

and vesting of the 2020 and 2021 LTIP

awards are presented in the Annual Report

on Remuneration.

Implementing the

#### Remuneration Policy

#### for 2024

•  The base salaries of the Executive

Directors are expected to increase

on 1 April 2024 by 3% in line with the

proposed general workforce increases

of 3%. This will take Swagatam

Mukerji’s salary from £336,200 to

£346,300 and Simon Longfield’s salary

from £200,000 to £206,000. It should

be noted that Executive Directors did

not take a salary increase in 2023 for

commercial reasons, although at the

time of preparing the 2022 Annual

Report a 5% rise had been envisaged

and was therefore disclosed.

•  Simon Longfield will continue to

receive a pension allowance equivalent

to 5% of salary, in line with the

pension arrangements for the general

workforce. Swagatam Mukerji will

receive a pension allowance equivalent

to 7% of salary (reducing by 1% of salary

each year such that it will be 5% of

salary from 1 January 2026).

•  The maximum annual bonus for

Executive Directors will continue to be

set at 100% of salary. The majority of

bonus potential (80%) will be measured

against financial-based targets with a

minority (20%) based on strategic and

personal objectives that incorporates

ESG objectives. Any annual bonus

greater than 75% of salary will be

deferred into shares for three years.

•  LTIP awards are expected to be

granted in line with limits set out in

the directors’ remuneration policy.

Performance targets are expected

to be based one-third on adjusted

EBITDA performance, one-third on

adjusted Basic EPS and one-third on

relative TSR.

#### AGM approvals

At the 2024 AGM, there will be an advisory

resolution on the Annual Statement and

Annual Report on Remuneration for the

year ended 31 December 2023. I hope we

continue to receive your support.

#### CAROL HOSEY

Chair of the Remuneration Committee

12 March 2024

![]()

www.centaurmedia.com

58

# Remuneration Committee Report

#### DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION POLICY

The Directors’ Remuneration Policy (the

Policy) approved by shareholders at the

2022 AGM is set out below.

#### Policy scope

The Policy applies to the Chair, Executive

Directors and Non-Executive Directors.

#### Policy duration

The current Remuneration Policy was

passed by a binding shareholder vote at

the Company’s AGM held on 11 May 2022

and became effective from the date of that

meeting. The policy takes into account the

provisions of the UK Corporate Governance

Code which became effective from 1

January 2019, and other good practice

guidelines from institutional shareholder

and shareholder bodies. The Committee’s

current intention is that the Policy will be

operated for the three years until the 2025

AGM. All payments to Directors during the

policy period will be consistent with the

approved policy.

Overview of

#### Remuneration Policy

Centaur recognises the need to attract,

retain and incentivise executives with the

appropriate skills and talent to manage and

develop the Group’s businesses, drive the

Group’s strategy and deliver shareholder

value. The main principles of the Directors’

Remuneration Policy are:

•  To achieve total remuneration

packages that are competitive in the

sector within which the Group operates

and with the market in general;

•  To provide an appropriate balance

between fixed and variable

remuneration which rewards high

levels of performance whilst managing

risk to the business; and

•  To incentivise and retain management

and to align their interests with those of

shareholders.

#### Considerations ofemployment conditionselsewhere in the Group

The Committee considers the base salary

increases and remuneration policies and

practice more generally for all employees

when determining the annual salary

increases and remuneration policy for the

Executive Directors. Employees are given

the opportunity to provide feedback to

management and the Board throughout

the year on various matters, including

the Directors’ Remuneration Policy, via

a number of different communication

channels that have been established at the

Company.

#### Consideration ofshareholder views

The Committee considers shareholder

feedback received in relation to the

Annual Report and AGM each year. This

feedback, plus any additional feedback

received during the course of the year, is

then considered as part of the Company’s

annual review of its Remuneration Policy.

In addition, the Committee will seek to

engage directly with major shareholders

and their representative bodies should any

material changes be made to the Directors’

Remuneration Policy. Details of votes for

and against the resolution to approve last

year’s Remuneration Report and the 2022

Remuneration Policy are set out in the

Annual Report on Remuneration.

The table below sets out the Remuneration

Policy approved by shareholders at the

2022 AGM.

Note that payments may be made under

arrangements in place under a previous

policy (including pension, other benefits

and incentives).

The remuneration offered to employees of

the Group will be adapted to reflect local

market practice and seniority.

Element Purpose and link to strategy Operation Maximum

Performance targets

and recovery provisions

Base

salary

Reflects the value of the

individual and their role

Reflects skills and experience

over time

Provides an appropriate level

of basic fixed income avoiding

excessive risk arising from over

reliance on variable income

Reviewed annually, normally

effective 1 April

Paid in cash on a monthly basis

Pensionable

Benchmarked against companies

with similar characteristics and

sector comparators

The Committee has not set

a maximum level of salary.

Increases will be set in the

context of salary increases

amongst the wider work force

The Committee retains the

discretion to make increases

above this level in certain

circumstances, for example, but

not limited to:

•  An increase in the individual’s

scope and responsibilities

•  Alignment to the

external market

•  An increase to reflect an

individual’s performance and

development in the role, e.g.

where a new appointment

is recruited at a lower salary

level and is awarded stepped

increases

Not applicable

![]()

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023

www.centaurmedia.com

59

GOVERNANCE REPORT

Element Purpose and link to strategy Operation Maximum

Performance targets

and recovery provisions

Annual

bonus

Incentivises annual delivery of

financial and strategic goals

Maximum bonus only payable for

achieving demanding targets

Targets reviewed annually

Not pensionable

Deferral of any bonus over 75%

of base salary into shares for

three years

Dividend equivalents may be

payable on deferred share

awards

100% of salary Normally measured

over a one-year

performance period

Primarily based on

Group’s annual financial

performance (majority)

Personal and/or

strategic objectives

(minority)

Malus and clawback

provisions apply

Long term

incentives

Aligns to main strategic

objectives of delivering profit

growth and shareholder return

Annual grant of conditional

awards or nil cost options

A two-year holding period post

vesting applies for LTIPs granted

after May 2019

Dividend equivalents may be

payable on shares to the extent

awards vest

Awards capped at 100% of

salary (200% in exceptional

circumstances)

Normally a three-year

performance period

Performance is based

on financial and/or

share price-based

and/or strategic/ESG

measures (e.g. EPS and

relative TSR)

The Committee may

alter the weighting and

targets for each grant

annually if it determines

that it is appropriate to

do so

Awards vest as follows:

•  Threshold

performance: up to

25% of award

•  Maximum

performance: up to

100% of award

•  Malus and

clawback

provisions apply

![]()

www.centaurmedia.com

60

# Remuneration Committee Report

#### DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION POLICY CONTINUED

Element Purpose and link to strategy Operation Maximum

Performance targets

and recovery provisions

Pension Provides competitive retirement

benefits

Provides an opportunity for

Executive Directors to contribute

to their own retirement plan

Defined contributions made to

the Executive Director’s own

pension plan. Cash alternatives

may also be paid in full or in part

Workforce aligned for the CFO

and any new Executive Director.

The CEO’s pension provision

will be workforce aligned by 1

January 2026

Not applicable

Other

benefits

Aids retention and recruitment Executive Directors are provided

with private medical insurance

Other benefits including company

car allowance and car parking

may be provided if considered

appropriate by the Committee

There is no maximum. Set at

a level which the Committee

considers is appropriate in the

context of the circumstances

of the role/individual and local

market practice

Not applicable

Share

ownership

To provide alignment of interests

between Executive Directors and

shareholders

In employment:

50% of the net of tax vested LTIP

shares required to be retained

until the guideline is met

Post employment:

100% of the in-employment

guideline (or actual shareholding

if lower) for two years post

cessation of employment

excluding: (i) own shares

purchased; and (ii) shares vesting

from any share award granted

prior to the 2022 AGM

200% of salary Not applicable

Notes

1

The Annual Report on Remuneration sets out how the Company implemented and applied the Policy presented above in 2023 and how it will apply the Policy in 2024.

2

Not all employees have a bonus opportunity. Below Executive Director level bonus opportunities are lower and participation in the LTIP is limited to Executive Directors and certain

selected senior managers. Other employees are eligible to participate in the Company’s all employee share plan. In general, these differences arise to ensure remuneration

arrangements are competitive in the market, together with the fact that remuneration of the Executive Directors and senior executives typically has a greater emphasis on

performance related pay. All bonus plans are discretionary.

3

The choice of performance metrics applicable to the annual bonus plan reflect the Committee’s belief that any incentive compensation should be appropriately challenging and

primarily tied to financial measures.

4

The EBITDA, EPS and TSR performance conditions applicable to the 2023 LTIP awards were selected by the Committee on the basis that they are consistent with rewarding the

delivery of long-term returns to shareholders and the Group’s financial growth.

5

Executive Directors may participate in any all-employee share plan, in line with HMRC limits, and to the extent offered.

6

Post cessation guidelines will be operated on a self-certification basis during the two-year period post cessation.

#### Malus and clawback

The current malus (prior to vesting) and clawback (within 3 years of vesting) triggers include misstatement of results, error and gross

misconduct. In addition, reputational damage (or potential reputational damage, if it were made public) and insolvency event/corporate

failure will also apply to the 2024 annual bonus (and any deferred bonus award granted in 2025 in respect of a 2024 bonus) and the

2024 LTIP grant.

![]()

#### Reward scenarios

Based on base salaries as at 1 April 2024, minimum, on-target (50% of incentive potential assumed) and maximum reward scenarios are

shown below. In addition, the maximum scenario assuming a 50% share price growth is also shown.

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023

www.centaurmedia.com

61

GOVERNANCE REPORT

#### Approach to recruitmentand promotions

The remuneration package for a

new Executive Director would be

set in accordance with the terms of

the Company’s prevailing approved

remuneration policy at the time of

appointment and would take into account

the skills and experience of the individual,

the market rate for a candidate of that

experience and the importance of securing

the relevant individual.

On recruitment, salary may (but need

not necessarily) be set below the normal

market rate, with phased increases as

the executive gains experience. Pension

provision will be aligned to that provided

to the general workforce. Incentive awards

would be no more than set out in the Policy

table above. In addition, on recruitment the

Company may compensate for amounts

foregone from a previous employer (using

Listing Rule 9.4.2 if necessary) taking into

account the quantum foregone and, as far

as reasonably practicable, the extent to

which performance conditions apply, the

form of award and the time left to vesting.

For an internal promotion, any variable

pay element awarded in respect of the

prior role would be allowed to pay out

according to its terms. Any other ongoing

remuneration obligations existing prior to

appointment may continue, provided that

they are put to shareholders for approval at

the earliest opportunity.

The Committee may agree that the

Company will meet relocation, legal fees or

incidental costs where appropriate.

#### Service contracts and lossof office payments

The current Executive Directors have

service contracts which have a 12-month

notice period, dated 21 September 2016 for

Swagatam Mukerji and 6 November 2019

for Simon Longfield. In respect of these

service contracts, at the Board’s discretion,

a payment in lieu of any unexpired notice

may be paid, comprising an amount for

base salary, pension and any accrued

holiday entitlement.

The amount may be paid in one lump sum

or in two instalments and mitigation will

be applied to the second instalment. If

termination is within six months of a change

of control, a payment equal to 12 months’

salary, pension and accrued holiday pay is

payable. Where the Company terminates

the contract in any other manner, any

damages shall be calculated in accordance

with common law principles including

those relating to mitigation of loss.

Notwithstanding the above, the Company

is entitled to terminate employment without

compensation, damages or payment in lieu

of notice in specified circumstances (e.g.

serious misconduct).

Mimimum

£375

£219

£425

£631

£734

£721

£1,067

£1,241

100%

100% 52% 34% 30%

24%

33% 28%

24%

33% 28%

14%

52% 35% 30%

24%

32%

28%

28%

24%

32%

14%

Fixed pay

Annual bonus

Long-term incentive

Share price growth

Chief Executive Ocer Chief Financial Ocer

On-target Maximum Maximum

with share

price growth

Mimimum On-target Maximum Maximum

with share

price growth

£1,250

£1,000

£750

£500

£250

£0

![]()

www.centaurmedia.com

62

An annual incentive will normally be payable for the period of the financial year served, although it will normally be pro-rated and paid

at the normal pay-out date. Any share-based entitlements granted to an Executive Director under the Company’s share plans will be

determined based on the relevant plan rules. However, in certain prescribed circumstances, such as death, disability, retirement or other

circumstances at the discretion of the Committee, ‘good leaver’ status may be applied. For good leavers, awards will normally vest at the

vesting date set out in the relevant award, subject to the satisfaction of the relevant performance conditions at the time and reduced pro-

rata to reflect the proportion of the performance period actually served. However, the Committee has discretion to determine that awards

vest at cessation of employment or to dis-apply time pro-rating.

In addition to the above, outplacement support may be provided and legal fees or any other minor incidental costs which are considered

appropriate may be payable.

#### Remuneration Policy for the Chair and Non-Executive Directors

The Company Chair’s fee is determined by the Remuneration Committee (other than the Company Chair, if he sits on the Committee).

The fees for the Non-Executive Directors are set by the Board, excluding the Non-Executive Directors.

The table summarises the key aspects of the Remuneration Policy for the Chair and Non-Executive Directors:

Element Purpose and link to strategy Operation Maximum

Performance targets

and recovery provisions

Chair and

Non-

Executive

Directors’

fees

Reflect time commitments and

responsibilities of each role,

in line with those provided by

similarly sized companies

Cash fee normally paid on a

monthly basis

Reimbursement of incidental

expenses where appropriate

Reviewed periodically

An additional amount will be paid

for chairing a Committee or being

the Senior Independent Director

There is no prescribed maximum

annual fee or fee increase

The Committee and Board are

guided by the general increase

in the Non-Executive market, but

may decide to award a lower or

higher fee increase to recognise,

for example, an increase in the

scale, scope or responsibility

of the role or take account of

relevant market movements

Not applicable

#### Letters of appointment

The Chair and Non-Executive Directors have letters of appointment with the Company, which are for an initial three-year period with the

option for an extension for a further three-year period and provide for a notice period of three months. All of the current Non-Executive

Directors have chosen to submit to annual re-election at each AGM.

First appointed as

a Director

Current letter of

appointment

commencement date

Current letter of

appointment

expiry date

Colin Jones 1 September 2018 1 September 2021 1 September 2024

William Eccleshare 1 July 2016 1 July 2022 1 July 2025

Carol Hosey 5 February 2020 5 February 2023 5 February 2026

Leslie-Ann Reed 1 March 2020 1 March 2023 1 March 2026

Richard Staveley 16 May 2022 16 May 2022 16 May 2025

#### Approach to fees on recruitment

For the appointment of a new Chair or Non-Executive Director, the fee will be set in accordance with the approved Remuneration Policy in

force at that time.

# Remuneration Committee Report

#### DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION POLICY CONTINUED

![]()

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023

www.centaurmedia.com

63

GOVERNANCE REPORT

A summary of how the Directors’ Remuneration Policy will be applied during the year ending 31 December 2024 is set out below.

#### Base salary

The Executive Directors are expected to receive a 3% salary increase from 1 April 2024. This is consistent with the expected general

workforce increase of 3%.

The Executive Directors’ current and proposed salaries are as follows:

From

April 2024

£

From

April 2023

1

£

%

change

Swagatam Mukerji 346,300 336,200 3%

Simon Longfield 206,000 200,000 3%

1

The Executive Directors did not receive a salary increase from 1 April 2023 contrary to the proposed increase set out in the 2022 Annual Report.

#### Pension and benefits

Simon Longfield will continue to receive a pension allowance equivalent to 5% of annual salary, in line with the pension arrangements for

the general workforce. Swagatam Mukerji’s pension allowance will be equivalent to 7% of annual salary (reducing by 1% of salary each

year such that it will be 5% of salary from 1 January 2026).

#### Annual bonus for 2024

The maximum bonus for Executive Directors will continue to be set at 100% of salary. The majority (80%) of bonus potential will be

measured against financial-based targets with a minority (20%) based on strategic and personal objectives. Any annual bonus greater

than 75% of basic salary will be awarded in shares and normally deferred for three years.

#### Long term incentives for 2024

LTIP awards will be granted to Executive Directors in 2024 as follows:

•  One-third will be based on sliding scale three-year Adjusted EBITDA targets set in line with the Company’s long-term business plan.

•  One-third will be based on sliding scale three-year Adjusted Basic EPS targets set in line with the Company’s long-term business plan.

•  One-third will be based on relative TSR measured against the constituents of the FTSE SmallCap (excluding investment trusts). 25% of

this part of the award will vest for median TSR increasing pro-rata to 100% vesting for upper quartile TSR over the three years ending

31 December 2026. In addition to the TSR performance condition, the Committee will need to be satisfied that the Company’s TSR

performance reflects the underlying financial performance of the Company for this part of an award to vest.

The performance targets for the 2024 awards will be disclosed in next year’s Directors’ Remuneration Report, subject to any commercial

sensitivity.

#### Fees for the Chair and Non-Executive Directors

The current and proposed annual fees for the Chair and the Non-Executive Directors from 1 April 2024 are as follows:

From

April 2024

£

From

April 2023

£

%

change

Colin Jones  106,090 103,000 3%

William Eccleshare

2

47,740 46,350 3%

Carol Hosey

2

47,740 46,350 3%

Leslie-Ann Reed

2

47,740 46,350 3%

Richard Staveley (appointed 16 May 2022) 42,435 41,200 3%

1

The Non-Executive Directors did not receive a fee increase from 1 April 2023 contrary to the fee increases envisaged and disclosed in the 2022 Annual Report.

2

The annual fees from 1 April 2024 include £5,305 for William Eccleshare for being the Senior Independent Director, £5,305 for Carol Hosey for chairing the Remuneration Committee

and £5,305 for Leslie-Ann Reed for chairing the Audit Committee.

# Remuneration Committee Report

#### ANNUAL REPORT ON REMUNERATION

![]()

www.centaurmedia.com

64

# Remuneration Committee Report

#### ANNUAL REPORT ON REMUNERATION CONTINUED

#### Remuneration received by Directors for the year (audited)

Directors’ remuneration for the years ended 31 December 2023 and 2022 was as follows:

Salary

and fees

£

Benefits

£

Bonus

1

£

Pension

£

LTIP

2

£

Total

£

Total

Fixed

£

Total

Variable

£

Executive Directors

Swagatam Mukerji 2023 336,200 4,145 179,550 26,926 330,623 877,444 367,271 510,173

2022 333,750 4,524 234,323 30,038 456,000 1,058,635 368,312 690,323

Simon Longfield 2023 199,480 2,143 106,311 10,000 180,809 498,743 211,623 287,120

2022 194,625 2,103 136,095 9,731 249,375 591,929 206,459 385,470

Non-Executive Directors

Colin Jones 2023 103,000  – – – – 103,000 103,000 –

2022 102,250  – – – – 102,250 102,250 –

William Eccleshare 2023 46,350  – – – – 46,350 46,350 –

2022 46,931  – – – – 46,931 46,931 –

Leslie-Ann Reed 2023 46,350  – – – – 46,350 46,350 –

2022 46,013  – – – – 46,013 46,013 –

Carol Hosey 2023 46,350  – – – – 46,350 46,350 –

2022 46,013  – – – – 46,013 46,013 –

Richard Staveley  2023 41,200  – – – – 41,200 41,200 –

(appointed 16 May 2022) 2022 25,935  – – – – 25,935 25,935 –

Notes:

1

The 2023 bonus amounts relate to bonuses earned in 2023 and payable in 2024.

2

The LTIP remuneration for 2023 is based on the number of shares that will vest for the 2021 LTIP awards based on the three-month average share price to 31 December 2023. The

LTIP remuneration for 2022 relates to the 2020 LTIP awards for which the performance period substantially ended on 31 December 2022 apart from the TSR performance period

that ended on 30 June 2023. The values of £456,000 and £249,375 for Swag Mukerji and Simon Longfield respectively are based on the share price of 47.5 pence on the vesting

date of 30 June 2023 and are higher than the values of £382,368 and £209,108 stated in the 2022 Annual Report which were based on an estimate of the value of the LTIPs as at 31

December 2022.

![]()

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023

www.centaurmedia.com

65

GOVERNANCE REPORT

#### Annual bonus for the year (audited)

The 2023 bonus opportunity for the CEO and CFO was set at 100% of salary. The majority (80%) of bonus potential was measured against

financial-based targets with a minority (20%) based on strategic and personal objectives.

The performance against the financial objectives for both the CEO and the CFO was as follows:

Measure Threshold value

Max

value

Threshold

opportunity Max opportunity Actual

1

Performance

Opportunity

payable

Adjusted EBITDA £8.60m £10.35m 0% 60% £9.64m 60.26% 36.16%

Revenue £41.5m £45.0m 0% 20% £39.3m 0% 0%

1

Calculated on a total (continuing operations and discontinued operations) basis.

The Committee reviewed and discussed the achievement against the personal objectives, as part of the year-end review process, for both

the CEO and CFO, and the performance against the personal objectives, as determined by the Committee, was as follows:

Objective Executive Weighting Performance

1

Opportunity payable

Refine longer-term Strategic Plan to maximise shareholder value

in context of economic impact on delivery of MAP23

CEO & CFO 25% each 100% The aggregated

performance is:

CEO: 85% of max

CFO: 82.5% of max

and results in a bonus

equivalent to:

CEO: 17.25% of salary

CFO: 17.0% of salary

Steps that reinforce delivery of MAP23 including new MW Mini

MBA course, enhanced Econsultancy LMS product, new content in

The Lawyer and implementation of a Centaur wide data strategy.

CEO & CFO 25% each 90%

Environment – implement and integrate climate-related

governance, strategy, risk management and metrics and targets

into the Group’s business operations.

CEO & CFO 25% each 80%

Continue Centaur’s culture transformation by further developing

the Social Criteria aspect within Centaur

CEO 25% 75%

Maximise cash balances and related interest income CFO 25% 70%

1

A detailed assessment of the Executive Directors’ bonus objectives and performance against each was carried out by the Chair and discussed at the Remuneration Committee

meeting on 6 February 2024. A summary of the key findings against each objective is shown above.

The above assessment against financial targets and strategic and personal objectives resulted in the following total performance and

bonuses payable for 2023:

Executive

Base salary

£

Maximum

opportunity

(% of salary)

Performance

outcome (% of

maximum)

Bonus outcome

£

Cash element

£

Deferred shares

element

£

Swagatam Mukerji 336,200 100% 53.41% 179,550 179,550 –

Simon Longfield 200,000 100% 53.16% 106,311 106,311 –

![]()

www.centaurmedia.com

66

# Remuneration Committee Report

#### ANNUAL REPORT ON REMUNERATION CONTINUED

#### Vesting of 2021 LTIP awards

With respect to the LTIP awards granted to Executive Directors (Swagatam Mukerji and Simon Longfield) on 25 March 2021 which are due

to vest on 25 March 2024, vesting is based 33.3% on Group adjusted EBITDA margin, 33.3% on adjusted basic EPS and 33.4% on TSR for

the three-year performance period to 31 December 2023. A minimum holding period of 2 years applies following vesting. Further details

relating to these awards are provided in the table below:

Performance Condition Weighting Targets Actual outcome

Proportion of

award to vest

Group adjusted EBITDA margin 33.3% 0% vesting below 19%

25% vesting at Threshold of 19%

100% vesting at Target of 23%

Pro rata straight-line vesting between

Threshold and Target

Over target

26%

100%

Adjusted basic EPS 33.3% 0% vesting below 2.2 pence per share

25% vesting at Threshold of 2.2 pence per share

100% at Target of 3.4 pence per share

Pro rata on a straight-line basis between

Threshold and Target

Over target

4.4 pence

100%

Relative TSR vs FTSE

SmallCap index (excluding

investment trusts)

33.4% 0% vesting below median

25% vesting at median

100% vesting at upper quartile

Straight-line vesting between median and

upper quartile

Upper quartile 100%

Total LTIP vesting 100%

The 2021 LTIP awards will therefore vest as follows:

Director

Number of

shares under

award Vesting

Number of

shares vesting

Value

on award

1

£

Value from

share price

increase

1

£

Value on

vesting

2,3

£

Swagatam Mukerji 826,329 100% 826,329  326,400 4,223 330,623

Simon Longfield 451,898 100% 451,898 178,500 2,309 180,809

1

Value from share price increase based on a 39.5 pence share price at the time of grant of the award in March 2021 to the three-month average share price to 31 December 2023 of

40.01 pence.

2

The value of shares on vesting is based on a three-month average share price to 31 December 2023 of 40.01 pence and will be restated next year based on the actual share price on

the date of vesting (together with any additional cash/shares awarded in respect of dividend equivalents).

3

As detailed in the Annual Statement, the Committee has reviewed the appropriateness of the 2021 LTIP award values at the point of vesting.

#### Grant of LTIP awards in 2023

LTIP grants were made on 12 April 2023 to Swagatam Mukerji and Simon Longfield as follows:

Director Award date

Number of

shares under

award Basis

Face value of

award

1

Performance

conditions Performance period

Swagatam Mukerji 12 April 2023 686,122 100% of

base salary

£336,200 See below 1 January 2023 to

31 December 2025

Simon Longfield 12 April 2023 408,163 100% of

base salary

£200,000 See below 1 January 2023 to

31 December 2025

1

The share price used to calculate the face value of the award was the average share price for the 5 working days prior to the date of grant of 49 pence.

![]()

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023

www.centaurmedia.com

67

GOVERNANCE REPORT

#### Directors’ shareholding and share interests (audited)

The tables below set out details of Executive Directors’ outstanding share awards under the LTIP plan (which will vest in future years,

subject to performance and continued service). Under each plan the exercise price is £nil.

At

31 December

2022 Granted Exercised

1

Lapsed

At

31 December

2023

Date of

award

Performance

period

Exercise

period

Share price

on date of

grant

Swagatam Mukerji

2020 960,000 – 960,000 – – 30/06/20 01/01/20–

30/06/23

30/06/23–

31/12/23

25.0p

2021 826,329 –  – – 826,329 25/03/21 01/01/21–

31/12/23

25/03/24–

24/09/24

39.5p

2022 700,417 – – – 700,417 24/03/22 01/01/22–

31/12/24

24/03/25–

23/09/25

48.0p

2023 – 686,122 – – 686,122 12/04/23 01/01/23–

31/12/25

12/04/26–

11/10/26

49.0p

2,486,746 686,122 960,000 – 2,212,868

Simon Longfield

2020 525,000 –  525,000 – –  30/06/20 01/01/20–

30/06/23

30/06/23–

31/12/23

25.0p

2021 451,898 – – – 451,898 25/03/21 01/01/21–

31/12/23

25/03/24–

24/09/24

39.5p

2022 416,667 – – – 416,667 24/03/22 01/01/22–

31/12/24

24/03/25–

23/09/25

48.0p

2023 – 408,163 – – 408,163 12/04/23 01/01/23–

31/12/25

12/04/26–

11/10/26

49.0p

1,393,565 408,163 525,000 – 1,276,728

1

2020 LTIPs were exercised in September 2023 at a share price of 37.0 pence.

The performance conditions for this award, including Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EPS targets derived from the Group’s three-year

plan, are set out in three parts below:

Performance condition Weighting  Measurement period Targets

% of shares which will vest if target

achieved

Adjusted basic EPS

1

One-third 3 years to

31 December 2025

Threshold 25%

Max 100%

Between threshold and max Pro-rata on a straight-line basis

between 25% and 100%

Group adjusted EBITDA

1

One-third 3 years to

31 December 2025

Threshold 25%

Max 100%

Between threshold and max  Pro-rata on a straight-line basis

between 25% and 100%

Relative TSR vs FTSE

SmallCap index (excluding

investment trusts)

at 1 January 2023

2

One-third 3 years to

31 December 2025

Median 25%

Upper Quartile 100%

Between Median and Upper

Quartile

Pro-rata on a straight-line basis

between 25% and 100%

1

The performance targets for adjusted basic EPS and adjusted EBITDA for the three years, derived from the Group’s three-year plan, are commercially sensitive and are not disclosed.

They will remain commercially sensitive during the three-year period of performance until the calculation is performed and disclosed in the 2025 Annual Report.

2

The TSR element will only vest if there has been sustained improvement in the Company’s underlying financial performance over the performance period. TSR will be measured over

the three years to 31 December 2025.

Swagatam Mukerji purchased 3,985 shares during the period under the Share Incentive Plan. The Company matched these shares on a

1 for 2 basis in accordance with the Plan rules, resulting in 1,990 matching shares being awarded in the year.

#### Board changes and payments for loss of office (audited)

There were no Board changes or payments for loss of office during 2023.

#### Payments to past Directors (audited)

Consistent with a long-standing arrangement, Graham Sherren, former Chief Executive Officer and Chair, was being paid at the rate of

£3,000 per annum for advisory services performed. This arrangement was terminated with effect from 30 April 2023 such that Graham

Sherren was paid £1,000 in 2023 (2022: £3,000). No other payments to past Directors were made.

![]()

www.centaurmedia.com

68

# Remuneration Committee Report

#### ANNUAL REPORT ON REMUNERATION CONTINUED

The table below sets out details of Executive Directors’ outstanding share awards under the DSBP.

At

31 December

2022 Granted Exercised  Lapsed

At

31 December

2023

Date of

award

Performance

period

Exercise

period

Share price

on date of

grant

Swagatam Mukerji

2022 39,172 – – – 39,172 12/05/22 N/A

24/03/25–

23/09/25 47.0p

39,172 – – – 39,172

Simon Longfield

2022 21,421 – – –

21,421

12/05/22 N/A

24/03/25–

23/09/25 47.0p

21,421 – – – 21,421

The table below sets out the number of shares held or potentially held by Directors (including their connected persons where relevant).

Directors

Interests in ordinary shares

Shareholding

guideline

achieved?

2

Interests in share plans

31 December

2022

31 December

2023 LTIP  DSBP Total

Executive

Swagatam Mukerji

1

660,656 1,173,163 No 2,212,868 39,172 3,425,203

Simon Longfield  72,769 349,785 No 1,276,728 21,421 1,647,934

Non-Executive

Colin Jones 140,000 266,235 N/A – – 266,235

William Eccleshare – – N/A – – –

Carol Hosey  – – N/A – – –

Leslie-Ann Reed  – – N/A – – –

Richard Staveley  – – N/A – – –

1

571,582 interests in ordinary shares are held by Rina Mukerji

2

See share ownership guideline in the Directors’ Remuneration Policy

#### Performance graph

The graph below shows the TSR of Centaur Media plc compared to the performance of the FTSE SmallCap index (excluding investment

trusts) over the last ten and a half years. This comparator has been chosen on the basis that it is the index against which performance

for the purpose of share awards made under the LTIP is assessed. Owing to the change to the financial year end in 2014, there was no

financial year ended 30 June 2014 and, instead, TSR performance for the 18 months ended 31 December 2014 is shown.

The graph shows the value of £100 invested in Centaur Media plc on 1 July 2013 compared with the value of £100 invested in the FTSE

SmallCap index (excluding investment trusts) at each financial period end.

0

100

50

150

200

250

300

350

Total Shareholder Return

Source: Refinitiv Datastream

Centaur Media

FTSE SmallCap (excluding Investment Trusts)

30 June

2013

31 Dec

2014

31 Dec

2015

31 Dec

2016

31 Dec

2017

31 Dec

2018

31 Dec

2019

31 Dec

2020

31 Dec

2021

31 Dec

2022

31 Dec

2023

![]()

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023

www.centaurmedia.com

69

GOVERNANCE REPORT

#### History of remuneration for the CEO

The table below sets out the CEO single figure of total remuneration over the past ten and a half years.

Period ended CEO

Total

remuneration

£

Annual bonus

(% of max)

Long-term

incentives

(% of max)

31 December 2023 Swagatam Mukerji 877,444 53 100

31 December 2022 Swagatam Mukerji 1,058,635 70 100

31 December 2021 Swagatam Mukerji 709,851 81 27

31 December 2020 Swagatam Mukerji 405,531 19 0

31 December 2019 Swagatam Mukerji (from 4 September 2019) 258,743

1

70 N/A

31 December 2019 Andria Vidler (until 30 September 2019) 975,425

2

63 50

31 December 2018 Andria Vidler 430,859 0 0

31 December 2017 Andria Vidler 558,526 37 0

31 December 2016 Andria Vidler 422,605 0 0

31 December 2015 Andria Vidler 416,607 2 N/A

31 December 2014 (18-months)  Andria Vidler (from 14 November 2013)  670,077 56 N/A

1

Based on salary and benefits for the period from 4 September 2019 to 31 December 2019 and a pro-rated portion of the 2019 IP relating to that period. Excludes the LTIP part of his

remuneration on the basis that this related to his role as CFO.

2

Based on total remuneration including salary, benefits, 2019 IP and LTIP remuneration, but excluding £392,642 contractual notice payment.

#### Change in remuneration of Directors and employees

The Committee reviews the annual change in the level of Directors’ salaries/fees, taxable benefits and bonus payments compared with

the wider workforce. This analysis now comprises four years of historical data:

% change 2020 v 2019 % change 2021 v 2020 % change 2022 v 2021 % change 2023 v 2022

Base

salary

Taxable

benefits

Annual

bonus

Base

salary

Taxable

benefits

Annual

bonus

Base

salary

Taxable

benefits

Annual

bonus

Base

salary

Taxable

benefits

Annual

bonus

Executive Directors

Swagatam Mukerji

1,2,3

15% 6%  (85%)  2%  2%  325%  3%  14%  (11%)  1% (8%) (23%)

Simon Longfield

1,2,3

0%  0%  N/A  2%  N/A  325%  10%  (3%)  (5%)  1% 2% (22%)

Non-Executive Directors

Colin Jones

4

13% N/A N/A 5% N/A N/A 2% N/A N/A 1% N/A N/A

William Eccleshare

4

(5%) N/A N/A 7% N/A N/A 5% N/A N/A (1)% N/A N/A

Carol Hosey

4

N/A N/A N/A 15% N/A N/A 2% N/A N/A 1% N/A N/A

Leslie-Ann Reed

4

N/A N/A N/A 29% N/A N/A 2% N/A N/A 1% N/A N/A

Richard Staveley

5

N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 59% N/A N/A

Employee population

6

(11%) (6%) (71%) 9% 55% 274% (1%) (13%) (50%) 4% 15% (22%)

1

The increase in base salary in 2023 reflects the pay rise of 3% for Swagatam Mukerji and 12% for Simon Longfield on 1 April 2022, but no pay rise as at 1 April 2023. The average

base salary increase for employees reflects an average salary rise of 5% at 1 April 2023 for the large majority of the workforce, but lower pay rises for senior managers.

2

The increase in taxable benefits for the employee population in 2023 reflects the overall increase in health insurance premiums across the Group, although the specific variations for

the Executive Directors reflects the cost of health insurance related to their individual circumstances.

3

The reduction in annual bonus for 2023 was similar for the Executive Directors and the employee population reflecting a lower level of achievement against the performance criteria

across the Group.

4

The Non-Executive Directors received an increase in annual fees of 3% as at 1 April 2022, but no increase in fees at 1 April 2023. William Eccleshare had received an additional £1,021

in 2022 relating to an underpayment in 2021.

5

Richard Staveley was appointed on 16 May 2022 and therefore received a full year of fees in 2023.

6

Calculation is based on average remuneration for all employees in the Group (excluding discontinued operations).

#### CEO pay ratio

The tables below set out a comparison of the CEO total remuneration to the equivalent remuneration of the upper quartile, median and

lower quartile UK employees:

Year Method

25th %tile

pay ratio

Median

pay ratio

75th %tile

pay ratio

2023 Option C

1

23:1 18:1 13:1

2022 Option C

1

29:1 22:1 16:1

2021 Option C

1

24:1 17:1 10:1

2020 Option C

1

14:1 10:1 7:1

1

The Group has used Option C given that this method of calculation is considered to be the most efficient and robust approach in respect of gathering recent and readily available

data for each year. The approach adopted is based on an annualisation of employee remuneration data in the final month of the relevant year end and is considered to be

representative of the relevant quartiles. The total remuneration of the CEO has decreased by 17% from 2022 to 2023 as a result of reduced remuneration from bonus and LTIP, and

total remuneration for employees has increased as a result of the closure of certain operations in 2023, resulting in decreased pay ratios in 2023 for each quarterly percentile.

![]()

www.centaurmedia.com

70

# Remuneration Committee Report

#### ANNUAL REPORT ON REMUNERATION CONTINUED

Year

Salary Total remuneration

25th %tile Median 75th %tile 25th %tile Median 75th %tile

2023 £35,000 £44,620 £60,420  £37,984  £49,224  £67,357

2022 £31,200  £40,740  £54,660  £33,852  £44,100  £62,843

2021 £30,000 £39,000 £55,661 £31,500 £43.050 £77,070

2020 £28,014 £36,360 £51,000 £29,988 £40,000 £57,740

#### Relative importance of the spend on pay

The following table sets out the percentage change in distributions to shareholders and employee remuneration costs.

2023 2022 % Change

Employee remuneration costs £18.5m £19.0m (3%)

Ordinary and special dividends paid £8.9m £1.4m 521%

Ordinary dividends paid £1.7m  £1.4m  20%

#### Remuneration Committee

The Remuneration Committee is responsible for monitoring, reviewing and making recommendations to the Board at least annually on the broad

policy for the remuneration of the Executive Directors, the Chair, Company Secretary and management tier below the Board. It also determines

their individual remuneration packages, including pension arrangements, bonuses and all incentive schemes and the determination of targets

for any performance-related pay schemes operated by the Group. In addition, the Committee reviews pay and conditions across the workforce

and takes this into account when considering executive remuneration. Minutes of Committee meetings are circulated to the Board once they

have been approved by the Committee.

#### External advisors

The Remuneration Committee has access to independent advice where it considers it appropriate. During the year, the Committee

sought advice relating to executive remuneration from FIT Remuneration Consultants (‘FIT’), who were appointed by the Committee. The

Committee is satisfied that the advice received from FIT in relation to executive remuneration matters during the year under review was

objective and independent. FIT is a member of the Remuneration Consultants Group and abides by the Remuneration Consultants Group

Code of Conduct. The fees charged by FIT for the year, based on time and materials, amounted to £8,014 excluding VAT.

#### Statement of shareholder voting

The voting results for the Directors’ Remuneration Policy and Directors’ Remuneration Report were as follows:

Resolution

Number of

votes for

(and percentage

of votes cast)

Number of

votes against

(and percentage

of votes cast)

Number

of votes

cast

Number

of votes

withheld

Approval of Directors’ Remuneration Policy in 2022 106,932,094

(99.999%)

1,500

(0.001%)

106,933,594 25,000

Approval of Directors’ Remuneration Report in 2023 112,266,451

(99.989%)

12,750

(0.011%)

112,279,201 25,000

#### Approval

The Board of Directors has approved this Remuneration Committee Report, including both the Directors’ Remuneration Policy and the

Annual Report on Remuneration.

Signed on behalf of the Board of Directors

#### CAROL HOSEY

Chair of the Remuneration Committee

12 March 2024

![]()

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023

www.centaurmedia.com

71

GOVERNANCE REPORT

# Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities

# in Respect of the Financial Statements

The Directors are responsible for preparing

the Annual Report and the financial

statements in accordance with applicable

law and regulation.

Company law requires the Directors to

prepare financial statements for each

financial year. Therefore, the Directors

have prepared the Group financial

statements in accordance with UK-adopted

International Accounting Standards (IFRS)

and Company financial statements in

accordance with IFRS. Under company

law the Directors must not approve the

financial statements unless they are

satisfied that they give a true and fair

view of the state of affairs of the Group

and Company and of the profit or loss of

the Group and Company for that period.

In preparing the financial statements, the

Directors are required to:

•  select suitable accounting policies and

then apply them consistently;

•  state whether applicable IFRS have

been followed for the Group financial

statements and applicable IFRS have

been followed for the Company

financial statements, subject to any

material departures disclosed and

explained in the financial statements;

•  make judgements and accounting

estimates that are reasonable and

prudent; and

•  prepare the financial statements on

the going concern basis unless it is

inappropriate to presume that the

Group and Company will continue in

business.

The Directors are also responsible for

safeguarding the assets of the Group and

Company and hence for taking reasonable

steps for the prevention and detection of

fraud and other irregularities.

The Directors are responsible for keeping

adequate accounting records that are

sufficient to show and explain the Group

and Company’s transactions and disclose

with reasonable accuracy at any time

the financial position of the Group and

Company and enable them to ensure that

the financial statements and the Directors’

Remuneration Report comply with the

Companies Act 2006.

The Directors are responsible for

the maintenance and integrity of the

Company’s website. Legislation in the

United Kingdom governing the preparation

and dissemination of financial statements

may differ from legislation in other

jurisdictions.

#### Directors’ confirmations

The Directors consider that the Annual

Report and Accounts, taken as a whole,

is fair, balanced and understandable and

provides the information necessary for

shareholders to assess the Group and

Company’s position and performance,

business model and strategy.

Each of the Directors, whose names and

functions are listed in the Governance

Report confirm that, to the best of their

knowledge:

•  the Company financial statements,

which have been prepared in

accordance with UK-adopted IASs,

give a true and fair view of the assets,

liabilities, financial position and result

of the Company;

•  the Group financial statements, which

have been prepared in accordance

with UK-adopted IASs, give a true

and fair view of the assets, liabilities,

financial position and profit of the

Group; and

•  the Directors’ Report includes a

fair review of the development and

performance of the business and the

position of the Group and Company,

together with a description of the

principal risks and uncertainties that

it faces.

In the case of each Director in office at the

date the Directors’ Report is approved:

•  so far as the Director is aware, there is

no relevant audit information of which

the Group and Company’s auditors are

unaware; and

•  they have taken all the steps that they

ought to have taken as a Director

in order to make themselves aware

of any relevant audit information

and to establish that the Group and

Company’s auditors are aware of that

information.

By order of the Board

#### HELEN SILVER

Company Secretary

12 March 2024

![]()

www.centaurmedia.com

72

# Independent Auditor’s Report

#### TO THE MEMBERS OF CENTAUR MEDIA PLC

#### Opinion

We have audited the financial statements

of Centaur Media Plc (the ‘Company’)

and its subsidiaries (the ‘Group’) for the

year ended 31 December 2023 which

comprise the Consolidated statement of

comprehensive income, Consolidated and

Company statement of changes in equity,

Consolidated and Company statement

of financial position, Consolidated and

Company cash flow statement and notes

to the financial statements, including a

summary of significant accounting policies.

The financial reporting framework that

has been applied in their preparation

is applicable law and UK adopted

international accounting standards.

In our opinion, the financial statements:

•  give a true and fair view of the state

of the Group’s and of the parent

Company’s affairs as at 31 December

2023 and of the Group’s profit for the

year then ended;

•  have been properly prepared

in accordance with UK adopted

international accounting

standards; and

•  have been prepared in accordance

with the requirements of the

Companies Act 2006.

#### Basis for opinion

We conducted our audit in accordance

with International Standards on Auditing

(UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable law. Our

responsibilities under those standards

are further described in the Auditor’s

responsibilities for the audit of the financial

statements section of our report. We are

independent of the Group in accordance

with the ethical requirements that are

relevant to our audit of the financial

statements in the UK, including the FRC’s

Ethical Standard as applied to listed public

interest entities, and we have fulfilled our

other ethical responsibilities in accordance

with these requirements. We believe that

the audit evidence we have obtained is

sufficient and appropriate to provide a

basis for our opinion.

#### Conclusions relating togoing concern

In auditing the financial statements, we

have concluded that the Director’s use

of the going concern basis of accounting

in the preparation of the Group and

parent Company financial statements

is appropriate. Our evaluation of the

Director’s assessment of the Group and

parent Company’s ability to continue

to adopt the going concern basis of

accounting included:

•  assessing the cash flow requirements

of the Group over the duration of the

viability statement based on budgets

and forecasts;

•  understanding what forecast

expenditure is committed and what

could be considered discretionary;

•  considering the liquidity of existing

assets on the statement of financial

position;

•  considering the terms of the finance

facilities and the amount available for

drawdown; and

•  considering potential downside

scenarios and the resultant impact on

available funds.

Based on the work we have performed,

we have not identified any material

uncertainties relating to events or

conditions that, individually or collectively,

may cast significant doubt on the Group

and parent Company’s ability to continue

as a going concern for a period of at least

twelve months from when the financial

statements are authorised for issue.

In relation to the Group reporting on

how they have applied the UK Corporate

Governance Code, we have nothing

material to add or draw attention to in

relation to the Directors’ statement in

the financial statements about whether

the Director’s considered it appropriate

to adopt the going concern basis of

accounting.

Our responsibilities and the responsibilities

of the Directors with respect to going

concern are described in the relevant

sections of this report.

#### Overview of our auditapproach

#### Materiality

In planning and performing our audit we

applied the concept of materiality. An item is

considered material if it could reasonably be

expected to change the economic decisions

of a user of the financial statements. We

used the concept of materiality to both

focus our testing and to evaluate the impact

of misstatements identified

Based on our professional judgement,

we determined overall materiality for the

Group financial statements as a whole to

be £215,000 (2021: £200,000) based on

a variety of performance based metrics

including 5% of profit before taxation, 3%of

adjusted EBITDA and 0.5% of revenue.

Materiality for the parent Company

financial statements as a whole was set

at £160,000 (2021: £140,000) based on a

percentage of total assets.

We use a different level of materiality

(‘performance materiality’) to determine

the extent of our testing for the audit of

the financial statements. Performance

materiality is set based on the audit

materiality as adjusted for the judgements

made as to the entity risk and our

evaluation of the specific risk of each audit

area having regard to the internal control

environment. For the Group performance

materiality was set at £150,000 (2021:

£140,000) and £112,000 (2021: £105,000)

for the parent Company.

Where considered appropriate

performance materiality may be reduced

to a lower level, such as, for related party

transactions and Directors’ remuneration.

We agreed with the Audit Committee to

report to it all identified errors in excess of

£10,000 (2021: £10,000). Errors below that

threshold would also be reported to it if,

in our opinion as auditor, disclosure was

required on qualitative grounds.

#### Overview of the scope of ouraudit

The scope of the audit work and the

design of audit tests undertaken was

solely for the purposes of forming

an audit opinion on the consolidated

financial statements of the Group. All

entities included within the scope of the

consolidation were included within the

scope of our audit testing which was

performed by the group audit team.

![]()

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023

www.centaurmedia.com

73

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

#### Key Audit Matters

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in our audit of the financial statements

of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) that we

identified. These matters included those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy, the allocation of resources in the

audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement team.

We identified going concern as a key audit matter and have detailed our response in the conclusions relating to going concern section

above.

This is not a complete list of all risks identified by our audit.

Key audit matter How the scope of our audit responded to the key audit matter

Valuation of Goodwill and intangible assets (see note 9, note 10)

The Group has a significant balance of intangible

assets at 31 December 2022 and there is a risk that

they could be impaired.

The valuation of the recoverable amount of goodwill

and other intangible assets has a high degree of

estimation uncertainty, with a potential range of

reasonably possible outcomes greater than our

materiality for the financial statements as a whole.

There is significant judgement with regard to

assumptions and estimates involved in forecasting

future cash flows, which form the basis of the

assessment of the recoverability of goodwill balances.

These include forecast revenues, operating margin,

long-term growth rates and the discount rate used.

Our procedures included:

•  Assessing the Group’s budgeting review and approval procedures upon

which the cash flow forecasts are based.

•  Comparing the Group’s assumptions to externally derived data in relation

to key inputs such as projected economic growth, market premium and

discount rates. To challenge the reasonableness of the assumptions we also

assessed the historical accuracy of the Group’s forecasting.

•  Performing scenario-specific models including changes to, and breakeven

analysis on, the discount rate, long-term growth rates and forecast

cash flows.

•  Assessing whether the Group’s disclosures about the sensitivity of the

outcome of the impairment assessment to changes in key assumptions

reflected the risks inherent in the valuation of goodwill.

•  We found the resulting estimate of the recoverable amount of goodwill and

intangible assets to be acceptable.

Valuation of Investments in the parent Company (see note 13)

We consider the carrying value of investments in

subsidiaries by the parent Company and the risk over

potential impairment to be a significant audit risk due

to the inherent uncertainty involved in forecasting and

discounting future cash flows, which are the basis of

the assessment of recoverability.

We consider the key inputs into the impairment model

to be the approved business plans and assumptions

for the growth and discount rates.

Our procedures included:

•  Assessing the Group’s budgeting review and approval procedures upon

which the cash flow forecasts are based.

•  Comparing the Group’s assumptions to externally derived data in relation

to key inputs such as projected economic growth, market premium and

discount rates. To challenge the reasonableness of the assumptions we also

assessed the historical accuracy of the Group’s forecasting.

•  Performing scenario-specific models including changes to, and breakeven

analysis on, the discount rate, long-term growth rates and forecast

cash flows.

We found the resulting estimate of the recoverable amount of investments to be

acceptable.

Revenue recognition (see note 2)

Revenue is recognised in accordance with the

accounting policy set out in the financial statements.

We focus on the risk of material misstatement in the

recognition of revenue, as a result of both fraud and

error, because revenue is material and is an important

determinant of the Group’s profitability, which has a

consequent impact on its share price performance.

Our procedures included:

•  validating that revenue is recognised in accordance with the stated

accounting policies in compliance with IFRS.

•  ensuring that cut off was correctly applied across all revenue streams.

•  validating a sample of revenue items to confirm revenue was being

recognised in line with IFRS and ensuring the services were delivered within

the period.

•  assessing the adequacy of the Group’s disclosures related to revenue.

We concluded that revenue was reasonably stated.

These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and

we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.

![]()

www.centaurmedia.com

74

#### Other information

The other information comprises the

information included in the annual report,

other than the financial statements and

our auditor’s report thereon. The directors

are responsible for the other information.

Our opinion on the financial statements

does not cover the other information and,

except to the extent otherwise explicitly

stated in our report, we do not express any

form of assurance conclusion thereon. In

connection with our audit of the financial

statements, our responsibility is to read

the other information and, in doing so,

consider whether the other information is

materially inconsistent with the financial

statements or our knowledge obtained

in the audit or otherwise appears to be

materially misstated. If we identify such

material inconsistencies or apparent

material misstatements, we are required

to determine whether there is a material

misstatement in the financial statements

or a material misstatement of the other

information. If, based on the work we

have performed, we conclude that there

is a material misstatement of the other

information, we are required to report that

fact.

We have nothing to report in this regard.

#### Opinions on othermatters prescribed by theCompanies Act 2006

In our opinion the part of the Directors’

remuneration report to be audited has

been properly prepared in accordance

with the Companies Act 2006.

In our opinion based on the work

undertaken in the course of our audit

the information given in the strategic report

and the Directors’ report for the financial

year for which the financial statements are

prepared is consistent with the financial

statements and those reports have been

prepared in accordance with applicable

legal requirements;

•  the information about internal control

and risk management systems

in relation to financial reporting

processes and about share capital

structures, given in compliance with

rules 7.2.5 and 7.2.6 in the Disclosure

Rules and Transparency Rules

sourcebook made by the Financial

Conduct Authority (the FCA Rules), is

consistent with the financial statements

and has been prepared in accordance

with applicable legal requirements; and

•  information about the Company’s

corporate governance code and

practices and about its administrative,

management and supervisory bodies

and their committees complies with

rules 7.2.2, 7.2.3 and 7.2.7 of the

FCA Rules.

#### Matters on which weare required to report by

#### exception

In the light of the knowledge and

understanding of the Group and the parent

Company and its environment obtained

in the course of the audit, we have not

identified material misstatements in:

•  the strategic report or the directors’

report; or

•  the information about internal control

and risk management systems

in relation to financial reporting

processes and about share capital

structures, given in compliance with

rules 7.2.5 and 7.2.6 of the FCA Rules.

We have nothing to report in respect of the

following matters in relation to which the

Companies Act 2006 requires us to report

to you if, in our opinion:

•  adequate accounting records have not

been kept by the parent Company, or

returns adequate for our audit have

not been received from branches not

visited by us; or

•  the parent Company financial

statements and the part of the

Directors’ remuneration report to be

audited are not in agreement with the

accounting records and returns; or

•  certain disclosures of Directors’

remuneration specified by law are not

made; or

•  we have not received all the

information and explanations we

require for our audit; or

•  a corporate governance statement

has not been prepared by the parent

Company.

#### Corporate governancestatement

We have reviewed the Directors’ statement

in relation to going concern, longer-term

viability and that part of the Corporate

Governance Statement relating to the

parent Company’s compliance with

the provisions of the UK Corporate

Governance Statement specified for our

review by the Listing Rules.

Based on the work undertaken as part of

our audit, we have concluded that each of

the following elements of the Corporate

Governance Statement is materially

consistent with the financial statements or

our knowledge obtained during the audit:

•  Directors’ statement with regards the

appropriateness of adopting the going

concern basis of accounting and any

material uncertainties identified on

page 47;

•  Directors’ explanation as to its

assessment of the group’s prospects,

the period this assessment covers and

why they period is appropriate set out

on page 42;

•  Directors’ statement on whether it

has a reasonable expectation that

the group will be able to continue in

operation and meet its liabilities set out

on page 42;

•  Directors’ statement on fair, balanced

and understandable set out on

page 71;

•  Board’s confirmation that it has

carried out a robust assessment of the

emerging and principal risks set out on

pages 38 to 41;

•  The section of the annual report that

describes the review of effectiveness

of risk management and internal

control systems set out on page

54; and

•  The section describing the work of

the Audit Committee set out on pages

52 to 54.

# Independent Auditor’s Report

#### TO THE MEMBERS OF CENTAUR MEDIA PLC CONTINUED

![]()

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023

www.centaurmedia.com

75

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Responsibilities of the

#### Directors for the financialstatements

As explained more fully in the Directors’

responsibilities statement set out on page

71, the Directors are responsible for the

preparation of the financial statements and

for being satisfied that they give a true and

fair view, and for such internal control as the

Directors determine is necessary to enable

the preparation of financial statements

that are free from material misstatement,

whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the

Directors are responsible for assessing

the Group and parent Company’s ability to

continue as a going concern, disclosing,

as applicable, matters related to going

concern and using the going concern basis

of accounting unless the Directors either

intend to liquidate the Group or parent

Company or to cease operations, or have

no realistic alternative but to do so.

#### Auditor’s responsibilities

#### for the audit of the financialstatements

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable

assurance about whether the financial

statements as a whole are free from

material misstatement, whether due to

fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s

report that includes our opinion.

Reasonable assurance is a high level of

assurance, but is not a guarantee that

an audit conducted in accordance with

ISAs (UK) will always detect a material

misstatement when it exists. Misstatements

can arise from fraud or error and are

considered material if, individually or in

the aggregate, they could reasonably

be expected to influence the economic

decisions of users taken on the basis of

these financial statements.

#### Explanation as to what

#### extent the audit was

#### considered capable ofdetecting irregularities,including fraud

Irregularities, including fraud, are

instances of non-compliance with laws and

regulations. We design procedures in line

with our responsibilities, outlined above, to

detect material misstatements in respect

of irregularities, including fraud. The extent

to which our procedures are capable of

detecting irregularities, including fraud,

is detailed below however the primary

responsibility for the prevention and

detection of fraud lies with management

and those charged with governance of the

Company.

•  We obtained an understanding of

the legal and regulatory frameworks

that are applicable to the Group and

the procedures in place for ensuring

compliance. The most significant

identified were the Companies

Act 2006, General Data Protection

Regulations and the UK Corporate

Governance Code. Our work

included direct enquiry of Head of

Legal, reviewing Board and relevant

committee minutes and inspection of

correspondence.

•  As part of our audit planning

process we assessed the different

areas of the financial statements,

including disclosures, for the risk of

material misstatement. This included

considering the risk of fraud where

direct enquiries were made of

management and those charged

with governance concerning both

whether they had any knowledge of

actual or suspected fraud and their

assessment of the susceptibility of

fraud. We considered the risk was

greater in areas involving significant

management estimate or judgement.

Based on this assessment we

designed audit procedures to focus

on the key areas of estimate or

judgement, this included specific

testing of journal transactions, both at

the year end and throughout the year.

•  We used data analytic techniques to

identify any unusual transactions or

unexpected relationships, including

considering the risk of undisclosed

related party transactions.

Owing to the inherent limitations of an

audit, there is an unavoidable risk that some

material misstatements of the financial

statements may not be detected, even

though the audit is properly planned and

performed in accordance with the ISAs (UK).

The potential effects of inherent limitations

are particularly significant in the case of

misstatement resulting from fraud because

fraud may involve sophisticated and

carefully organised schemes designed to

conceal it, including deliberate failure to

record transactions, collusion or intentional

misrepresentations being made to us.

A further description of our responsibilities

for the audit of the financial statements

is located on the Financial Reporting

Council’s website at: www.frc.org.uk/

auditorsresponsibilities. This description

forms part of our auditor’s report.

#### Other matters which we arerequired to address

Following the recommendation of the

audit committee, we were appointed in

November 2020 to audit the financial

statements for the year ending 31

December 2020 and subsequent financial

periods. The period of total uninterrupted

engagement is four years, covering the

years ending 31 December 2020 to 2023

inclusive.

The non-audit services prohibited by the

FRC’s Ethical Standard were not provided

to the Group or the parent Company and

we remain independent of the Company in

conducting our audit.

Our audit opinion is consistent with the

additional report to the audit committee.

#### Use of our report

This report is made solely to the

Company’s members, as a body, in

accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the

Companies Act 2006. Our audit work has

been undertaken so that we might state

to the Company’s members those matters

we are required to state to them in an

auditor’s report and for no other purpose.

To the fullest extent permitted by law, we

do not accept or assume responsibility

to anyone other than the Company and

the Company’s members as a body, for

our audit work, for this report, or for the

opinions we have formed.

#### MATTHEW STALLABRASS

Senior Statutory Auditor

For and on behalf of

Crowe U.K. LLP

Statutory Auditor

55 Ludgate Hill

London

EC4M 7JW, UK

12 March 2024

![]()

www.centaurmedia.com

76

Consolidated Statement of

# Comprehensive Income

#### FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2023

Note

Adjusted

Results

1

2023

£’000

Adjusting

Items

1

2023

£’000

Statutory

Results

2023

£’000

Re-presented

2

Adjusted

Results

1

2022

£’000

Re-presented

2

Adjusting

Items

1

2022

£’000

Re-presented

2

Statutory

Results

2022

£’000

Continuing operations

Revenue  2 37,329 – 37,329 38,384 – 38,384

Net operating expenses 3 (29,725) (1,491) (31,216) (33,441) (1,388) (34,829)

Operating profit / (loss) 7,604 (1,491) 6,113 4,943 (1,388) 3,555

Finance income 6 266 – 266 85 – 85

Finance costs 6 (245) – (245) (158) – (158)

Net finance income / (costs) 21 – 21 (73) – (73)

Profit / (loss) before tax 7,625 (1,491) 6,134 4,870 (1,388) 3,482

Taxation  7 (1,217)  410 (807) (1,194)  264 (930)

Profit / (loss) for the year from

continuing operations 6,408 (1,081) 5,327 3,676 (1,124) 2,552

Discontinued operations

(Loss) / profit for the year from

discontinued operations after

tax 8 (63) (414) (477) 273 (25) 248

Profit / (loss) for the year

attributable to owners of the

parent  6,345  (1,495) 4,850 3,949  (1,149) 2,800

Total comprehensive income /

(loss) attributable to owners of

the parent 6,345  (1,495) 4,850 3,949  (1,149) 2,800

Earnings / (loss) per share

attributable to owners of the

parent 9

Basic from continuing

operations 4.4p  (0.7p) 3.7p 2.6p  (0.8p) 1.8p

Basic from discontinued

operations – (0.3p) (0.3p) 0.1p  – 0.1p

Basic 4.4p  (1.0p) 3.4p 2.7p  (0.8p) 1.9p

Fully diluted from continuing

operations 4.2p  (0.7p) 3.5p 2.5p (0.8p) 1.7p

Fully diluted from discontinued

operations – (0.3p) (0.3p) 0.1p – 0.1p

Fully diluted 4.2p  (1.0p) 3.2p 2.6p (0.8p) 1.8p

1

Adjusted results exclude adjusting items, as detailed in note 1(b).

2

See note 1(a) for description of the prior year re-presentation.

The notes on pages 83 to 117 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

![]()

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023

www.centaurmedia.com

77

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Consolidated Statement of

# Changes in Equity

#### FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2023

#### Attributable to owners of the Company

Note

Share

capital

£’000

Own

shares

£’000

Share

premium

£’000

Reserve

for shares

to be

issued

£’000

Deferred

shares

£’000

Foreign

currency

reserve

£’000

Retained

earnings

£’000

Total

equity

£’000

At 1 January 2022 15,141 (5,471) 1,101 471 80 143 35,643 47,108

Profit for the year and total

comprehensive income – – – – – – 2,800 2,800

Currency translation adjustment – – – – – 1 – 1

Transactions with owners in

their capacity as owners:

Dividends 24 – – – – – – (1,436) (1,436)

Purchase of own shares 23 – (604) – – – – – (604)

Exercise of share awards 22,23 – 212 – (54) – – (158) –

Lapsed share awards 23 – – – (14) – – 14 –

Fair value of employee services 23 – – – 724 – – – 724

Tax on share-based payments 14 – – – – – – 233 233

As at 31 December 2022 15,141 (5,863) 1,101 1,127 80 144 37,096 48,826

Profit for the year and total

comprehensive income – – – – – – 4,850 4,850

Currency translation adjustment – – – – – (17) – (17)

Transactions with owners in

their capacity as owners:

Dividends 24 – – – – – – (8,916) (8,916)

Purchase of own shares 23 – (322) – – – – – (322)

Exercise of share awards 22,23 – 1,276 – (396) – – (880) –

Fair value of employee services 23 – – – 939 – – – 939

Tax on share-based payments 14 – – – – – – (292) (292)

As at 31 December 2023 15,141 (4,909) 1,101 1,670 80 127 31,858 45,068

The notes on pages 83 to 117 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

![]()

www.centaurmedia.com

78

Company Statement of

# Changes in Equity

#### FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2023

#### Attributable to owners of the Company

Note

Share

capital

£’000

Own

shares

£’000

Share

premium

£’000

Reserve

for shares

to be

issued

£’000

Deferred

shares

£’000

Retained

earnings

£’000

Total

equity

£’000

At 1 January 2022 15,141  (4,135) 1,101  471  80  24,149 36,807

Loss for the year and total

comprehensive loss – – – – – (4,619) (4,619)

Transactions with owners in

their capacity

as owners:

Dividends 24 – – – – – (1,436) (1,436)

Exercise of share awards 23 – – – (54) – (27) (81)

Lapsed share awards 23 – – – (14) – 14 –

Fair value of employee services 23 – – – 724 – – 724

Tax on share-based payments 14 – – – – – 101 101

As at 31 December 2022 15,141  (4,135) 1,101  1,127  80  18,182 31,496

Loss for the year and total

comprehensive loss – – – – – (4,521) (4,521)

Transactions with owners in

their capacity as owners:

Dividends 24 – – – – – (8,916) (8,916)

Exercise of share awards 23 – – – (396) – (312) (708)

Fair value of employee services 23 – – – 939 – – 939

Tax on share-based payments 14 – – – – – (159) (159)

As at 31 December 2023 15,141  (4,135) 1,101  1,670  80  4,274 18,131

The notes on pages 83 to 117 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

![]()

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023

www.centaurmedia.com

79

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Consolidated Statement of

# Financial Position

#### AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2023

#### Registered number 04948078

Note

31 December

2023

£’000

31 December

2022

£’000

Non-current assets

Goodwill 10  41,162   41,162

Other intangible assets 11 3,522  2,611

Property, plant and equipment 12 2,226  387

Deferred tax assets 14 2,177  1,673

Other receivables 15 166  27

49,253  45,860

Current assets

Trade and other receivables 15 5,089 5,357

Cash and cash equivalents 16 1,996  7,501

Short-term deposits 17 7,500 8,500

Current tax assets 21 379 165

14,964  21,523

Total assets   64,217 67,383

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables 18 (8,589) (9,652)

Lease liabilities 19 (952) –

Deferred income 20 (8,352) (8,885)

(17,893) (18,537)

Net current (liabilities) / assets    (2,929) 2,986

Non-current liabilities

Lease liabilities 19 (1,025) –

Deferred tax liabilities 14 (231) (20)

(1,256) (20)

Net assets   45,068 48,826

Capital and reserves attributable to owners of the Company

Share capital 22 15,141  15,141

Own shares   (4,909) (5,863)

Share premium   1,101  1,101

Other reserves   1,750  1,207

Foreign currency reserve 127  144

Retained earnings   31,858  37,096

Total equity   45,068 48,826

The financial statements on pages 76 to 117 were approved by the Board of Directors on 12 March 2024 and were signed on its behalf by:

Simon Longfield

Chief Financial Officer

![]()

www.centaurmedia.com

80

# Company Statement of Financial Position

#### AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2023

#### Registered number 04948078

Note

31 December

2023

£’000

31 December

2022

£’000

Non-current assets

Investments 13 66,081  65,529

Deferred tax assets 14 1,082 375

Other receivables 15 879 1,225

68,042  67,129

Current assets

Trade and other receivables 15 136  136

136  136

Total assets   68,178 67,265

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables 18 (50,047) (35,769)

(50,047) (35,769)

Net current liabilities   (49,911) (35,633)

Net assets   18,131 31,496

Capital and reserves attributable to owners of the Company

Share capital 22 15,141  15,141

Own shares   (4,135) (4,135)

Share premium   1,101  1,101

Other reserves   1,750 1,207

Retained earnings   4,274  18,182

Total equity   18,131 31,496

The Company has taken advantage of the exemption available under section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 and has not presented its

own statement of comprehensive income in these financial statements. The Company’s loss for the year was £4,521,000 (2022: loss of

£4,619,000).

The financial statements on pages 76 to 117 were approved by the Board of Directors on 12 March 2024 and were signed on its behalf by:

Simon Longfield

Chief Financial Officer

![]()

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023

www.centaurmedia.com

81

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

# Consolidated Cash Flow Statement

#### FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2023

Note

2023

£’000

2022

£’000

Cash flows from operating activities

Cash generated from operations 25 7,303 8,402

Tax paid 7  (1,589)  (30)

Interest paid 6  (50) –

Net refund of lease deposit 19  116 –

Net cash generated from operating activities   5,780  8,372

Cash flows from investing activities

Purchase of property, plant and equipment 12 (111) (284)

Purchase of intangible assets 11 (1,944) (1,073)

Interest received 6 220 63

Investment in short-term deposits 17 1,000 (8,500)

Net cash flows used in investing activities   (835) (9,794)

Cash flows from financing activities

Finance costs paid  6 (73) (71)

Repayment of obligations under lease  19 (973) (1,921)

Termination of lease 19 – (243)

Purchase of own shares 22 (322) (604)

Share options exercised 23 (97) –

Dividends paid to Company’s shareholders 24 (8,916) (1,436)

Extension fee on revolving credit facility 25 (20) –

Net cash flows used in financing activities   (10,401) (4,275)

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents   (5,456) (5,697)

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year    7,501 13,065

Effects of foreign currency exchange rate changes (49) 133

Cash and cash equivalents at end of the year  16 1,996 7,501

The notes on pages 83 to 117 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

![]()

www.centaurmedia.com

82

# Company Cash Flow Statement

#### FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2023

Note

2023

£’000

2022

£’000

Cash flows from operating activities

Cash generated from operating activities 25 9,085 1,507

Cash flows from financing activities

Finance costs paid 6 (73) (71)

Share options exercised 23 (76) –

Dividends paid to Company’s shareholders  24 (8,916) (1,436)

Extension fee on revolving credit facility 25 (20) –

Net cash flows used in financing activities   (9,085) (1,507)

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents   – –

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year    – –

Cash and cash equivalents at end of the year  16 – –

The notes on pages 83 to 117 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

![]()

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023

www.centaurmedia.com

83

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

# Notes to the Financial Statements

1 Summary of material accounting policies

The principal accounting policies adopted in the preparation of these consolidated and Company financial statements are set out below.

These policies have been consistently applied to all of the periods presented, unless otherwise stated. The financial statements are

for the Group consisting of Centaur Media Plc and its subsidiaries, and the Company, Centaur Media Plc. Centaur Media Plc is a public

company limited by shares and incorporated in England and Wales.

(a) Basis of preparation

The consolidated and Company financial statements have been prepared in accordance with UK-adopted International Accounting

Standards (IFRS) and with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 as applicable to companies reporting under those standards. The

financial statements have been prepared on a historical cost basis except where stated otherwise within the accounting policies.

In preparing the consolidated and Company financial statements management has considered the impact of climate change, taking into

account the relevant disclosures in the Strategic Report, including those made in accordance with the recommendations of the Taskforce

on Climate-related Financial Disclosures. This included an assessment of assets with indefinite and long lives as well as impairment

assessments of CGUs (including forecasted cash flows), and how they could be impacted by measures taken to address global warming.

Recognising that the environmental impact of the Group’s operations, and the use of the Group’s services, is relatively low, no issues were

identified that would impact the carrying values of such assets or have any other impact on the financial statements.

Going concern

The financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis. The Directors have carefully assessed the Group’s ability to

continue trading and have a reasonable expectation that the Group and Company have adequate resources to continue in operational

existence for at least twelve months from the date of approval of these financial statements and for the foreseeable future, being the

period in the viability statement on page 42.

At 31 December 2023, the Group had cash and cash equivalents of £1,996,000 (2022: £7,501,000) and short-term deposits of £7,500,000

(2022: £8,500,000). Since March 2021, the Group has had a multi-currency revolving credit facility with NatWest. The facility consists of a

committed £10m facility and an additional uncommitted £15m accordion option, both of which can be used to cover the Group’s working

capital and general corporate needs. In February 2024, the Group took the option to extend the facility for one year and the facility now

runs to 31 March 2026. £nil of this was drawn down at 31 December 2023.

The Group has net current liabilities at 31 December 2023 amounting to £2,929,000 (2022: net current assets £2,986,000). The net

current liability position primarily arose from its normal high levels of deferred income relating to performance obligations to be delivered

in the future rather than an inability to service its liabilities. In the prior year, there were the normal high levels of deferred income,

however the higher levels of net cash in 2022 of £16,001,000 (note 1(b)) and the termination of a property lease resulting in nil lease

liabilities at the balance sheet date resulted in achieving a net current asset position. A lease agreement for new office space was signed

during the prior year, with a commencement date of 1 January 2023, and has been recognised in lease liabilities as at 31 December 2023.

An assessment of cash flows for the next four financial years, which has taken into account the factors described above, has indicated an

expected level of cash generation which would be sufficient to allow the Group to fully satisfy its working capital requirements and the

guarantee given in respect of its UK subsidiaries, to cover all principal areas of expenditure, including maintenance, capital expenditure

and taxation during this year, and to meet the financial covenants under the revolving credit facility. The Company has net current

liabilities at 31 December 2023 amounting to £49,911,000 (2022: £35,633,000). In both the current and prior year, these almost entirely

arose from unsecured payables to subsidiaries which have no fixed date of repayment.

The preparation of financial statements in accordance with IFRS requires the use of estimates and assumptions that affect the reported

amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the

year. Although these estimates are based on management’s best knowledge of the amount, events or actions, the actual results may

ultimately differ from those estimates.

Having assessed the principal risks and the other matters discussed in connection with the Viability Statement on page 42 which

considers the Group and Company’s viability over a three-year period to March 2027, the Directors consider it appropriate to adopt the

going concern basis of accounting in preparing both the consolidated financial statements of the Group and the financial statements of

the Company.

New and amended standards adopted by the Group

The Group has applied the following standards and amendments for the first time for its annual reporting period commencing 1 January 2023:

•  Disclosure of Accounting Policies – amendments to IAS 1 and IFRS Practice Statement 2;

•  Definition of Accounting Estimates – amendments to IAS 8; and

•  Deferred Tax related to Assets and Liabilities arising from a Single Transaction – amendments to IAS 12.

The amendments listed above did not have any impact on the amounts recognised in prior periods and are not expected to significantly

affect the current or future period.

![]()

www.centaurmedia.com

84

1 Summary of material accounting policies continued

New standards and interpretations not yet adopted

Certain amendments to accounting standards have been published that are not mandatory for 31 December 2023 reporting periods and

have not been early adopted by the group. These amendments are not expected to have a material impact on the entity in the current or

future reporting periods and on foreseeable future transactions.

Prior year re-presentation

Discontinued operations

Where the requirements of IFRS 5 have been met, the operational results of closed brands have been presented in discontinued

operations in the current period and re-presented as discontinued in the comparative period. See note 8 for more details.

(b) Presentation of non-statutory measures

In addition to IFRS statutory measures, the Directors use various non-GAAP key financial measures to evaluate the Group’s performance

and consider that presentation of these measures provides shareholders with an additional understanding of the core trading

performance of the Group. The measures used are explained and reconciled to their IFRS statutory headings below.

Adjusted operating profit and adjusted earnings per share

The Directors believe that adjusted results and adjusted earnings per share, split between continuing and discontinued operations,

provide additional useful information on the core operational performance of the Group to shareholders, and review the results of

the Group on an adjusted basis internally. The term ‘adjusted’ is not a defined term under IFRS and may not therefore be comparable

with similarly titled profit measurements reported by other companies. It is not intended to be a substitute for, or superior to, IFRS

measurements of profit.

Adjustments are made in respect of:

•  Exceptional costs – the Group considers items of income and expense as exceptional and excludes them from the adjusted results

where the nature of the item, or its magnitude, is material and likely to be non-recurring in nature so as to assist the user of the

financial statements to better understand the results of the core operations of the Group. Details of exceptional items are shown in

note 4.

•  Amortisation of acquired intangible assets – the amortisation charge for those intangible assets recognised on business combinations

is excluded from the adjusted results of the Group since they are non-cash charges arising from investment activities. As such, they

are not considered reflective of the core trading performance of the Group. Details of amortisation of acquired intangible assets are

shown in note 11.

•  Share-based payments – share-based payment expenses or credits are excluded from the adjusted results of the Group as the

Directors believe that the volatility of these charges can distort the user’s view of the core trading performance of the Group. Details

of share-based payments are shown in note 23.

•  Profit or loss on disposal of assets or subsidiaries – profit or loss on disposals of businesses are excluded from adjusted results of

the Group as they are unrelated to core trading and can distort a user’s understanding of the performance of the Group due to their

infrequent and volatile nature. See note 4.

•  Other separately reported items – certain other items are excluded from adjusted results where they are considered large or unusual

enough to distort the comparability of core trading results year-on-year. Details of these separately disclosed items are shown in

note 4.

The tax related to adjusting items is the tax effect of the items above that are allowable deductions for tax purposes, calculated using the

standard rate of corporation tax. See note 7 for a reconciliation between reported and adjusted tax charges.

Further details of adjusting items are included in note 4. A reconciliation between adjusted and statutory earnings per share measures is

shown in note 9.

# Notes to the Financial Statements

#### CONTINUED

![]()

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023

www.centaurmedia.com

85

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1 Summary of material accounting policies continued

Profit before tax reconciles to adjusted operating profit as follows:

Note

2023

£’000

Re-presented

2

2022

£’000

Profit before tax  6,134 3,482

Adjusting items

Exceptional operating costs 4 349 –

Amortisation of acquired intangible assets 11 47 490

Gain on remeasurement of lease 19 – (151)

Lease termination fee 12,19 – 243

Share-based payment expense 23 1,095 806

Adjusted profit before tax 7,625 4,870

Finance income 6 (266) (85)

Finance costs 6 245 158

Adjusted operating profit  7,604 4,943

2

See note 1(a) for description of the prior year re-presentation.

Adjusted operating cash flow

Adjusted operating cash flow is not a measure defined by IFRS. It is defined as cash flow from operations excluding the impact of

adjusting items, which are defined above, and including capital expenditure. The Directors use this measure to assess the performance

of the Group as it excludes volatile items not related to the core trading of the Group and includes the Group’s management of capital

expenditure. Statutory cash flow from operations reconciles to adjusted operating cash as below:

Note

2023

£’000

2022

£’000

Reported cash flow from operating activities 25 7,303 8,402

Cash outflow of adjusting items from operations 472 –

Adjusted operating cash flow 7,775 8,402

Capital expenditure (2,055) (1,357)

Post capital expenditure cash flow 5,720 7,045

Our cash conversion rate for the year was 80% (2022: 99%).

Underlying revenue growth

The Directors review underlying revenue growth in order to allow a like-for-like comparison of revenue between years. Underlying

revenue therefore excludes the impact of revenue contribution arising from acquired or disposed businesses and other revenue streams

that are not expected to be ongoing in future years. There were no exclusions for underlying revenue in the current or prior year. Statutory

revenue growth is equal to underlying revenue growth and is as follows:

Xeim

£’000

The Lawyer

£’000

Total

£’000

Reported and underlying revenue 2022 (re-presented

2

) 30,083 8,301 38,384

Reported and underlying revenue 2023 28,968 8,361 37,329

Reported and underlying revenue growth (4)% 1% (3)%

2

See note 1(a) for description of the prior year re-presentation.

![]()

www.centaurmedia.com

86

# Notes to the Financial Statements

#### CONTINUED

1 Summary of material accounting policies continued

Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA is not a measure defined by IFRS. It is defined as adjusted operating profit before depreciation and impairment of

tangible assets and amortisation and impairment of intangible assets other than those acquired through a business combination. It is used

by the Directors as a measure to review performance of the Group and forms the basis of some of the Group’s financial covenants under

its revolving credit facility. Adjusted EBITDA is calculated as follows:

Note

2023

£’000

Re-presented

2

2022

£’000

Adjusted operating profit (as above) 7,604 4,943

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment 3,12 1,133 2,028

Amortisation of computer software 3,11 930 1,136

Adjusted EBITDA 9,667 8,107

2

See note 1(a) for description of the prior year re-presentation.

Net cash

Net cash is not a measure defined by IFRS. Net cash is calculated as cash and cash equivalents, plus short-term deposits less overdrafts

and bank borrowings under the Group’s financing arrangements. The Directors consider the measure useful as it gives greater clarity over

the Group’s liquidity as a whole. Group net cash is calculated as follows:

Note

2023

£’000

2022

£’000

Cash and cash equivalents 16 1,996 7,501

Short-term deposits 17 7,500 8,500

Net cash 9,496 16,001

(c) Principles of consolidation

The consolidated financial statements incorporate the financial statements of Centaur Media Plc and all of its subsidiaries after elimination

of intercompany transactions and balances. The consolidated financial statements are presented in Pounds Sterling, which is the Group

and Company’s functional and presentation currency.

(i) Subsidiaries

Subsidiaries are all entities controlled by the Group. The Group controls an entity when the Group is exposed to, or has rights to, variable

returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power to direct the activities of the entity.

Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Group until the date that the Group ceases to

control them.

(ii) Employee Benefit Trust

The Centaur Employees’ Benefit Trust (‘Employee Benefit Trust’) is a trust established by Trust deed in 2006 for the granting of shares

to applicable employees. Its assets and liabilities are held separately from the Company and are fully consolidated in the consolidated

statement of financial position. Holdings of Centaur Media Plc shares by the Employee Benefit Trust are shown within the ‘own shares’

reserve as a deduction from consolidated equity.

![]()

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023

www.centaurmedia.com

87

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1 Summary of material accounting policies continued

(d) Revenue recognition

Revenue is measured at the transaction price, which is the amount of consideration to which the Group expects to be entitled in exchange

for transferring promised goods or services to the customer. Judgement may arise in timing and allocation of transaction price when there

are multiple performance obligations in one contract. However, an annual impact assessment is performed which has confirmed that

the impact is immaterial in both the current year and comparative year. Revenue arises from the sales of premium content, training and

advisory, events, marketing solutions and recruitment advertising in the normal course of business, net of discounts and relevant sales

tax. Goods and services exchanged as part of a barter transaction are recognised in revenue at the fair value of the goods and services

provided. Returns, refunds and other similar allowances, which have historically been low in volume and immaterial in magnitude, are

accounted for as a reduction in revenue as they arise.

Where revenue is deferred it is held as a balance in deferred income on the consolidated statement of financial position. At any given

reporting date, this deferred income is current in nature and is expected to be recognised wholly in revenue in the following financial year,

with the exception of returns and credit notes, which have historically been low in volume and immaterial in magnitude.

The Group recognises revenue earned from contracts as individual performance obligations are met, on a stand-alone selling price basis.

This is when value and control of the product or service has transferred, being when the product is delivered to the customer or the

period in which the services are rendered as set out in more detail below.

Premium Content

Revenue from subscriptions is deferred and recognised on a straight-line basis over the subscription period, reflecting the continuous

provision of paid content services over this time. Revenue from individual publication sales is recognised at the point at which the

publication is delivered to the customer. In general, the Group bills customers for premium content at the start of the contract.

Training and Advisory

Revenue from training and advisory is deferred and recognised over the period of the training or when a separately identifiable milestone

of a contract has been delivered to the customer. In general, the Group bills customers for training and advisory up front or on a milestone

basis as the service is delivered.

Events

Consideration received in advance for events is deferred and revenue is recognised at the point in time at which the event takes place. In

general, the Group bills customers for events before the event date.

Marketing Solutions

Marketing solutions revenue from display and bespoke campaigns is recognised over the period that the service is provided. In general,

the Group bills customers for marketing solutions on delivery.

Recruitment Advertising

Sales of online recruitment advertising space are recognised in revenue over the period during which the advertisements are placed.

Sales of recruitment advertising space in publications are recognised at the point at which the publication occurs. In general, the Group

bills customers for recruitment advertising on delivery.

(e) Investments

In the Company’s financial statements, investments in subsidiaries are stated at cost less provision for impairment in value.

Investments are reviewed for impairment whenever events indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. An impairment loss

is recognised to the extent that the carrying value exceeds the higher of the investments fair value less cost of disposal and its value-in-

use. An asset’s value-in-use is calculated by discounting an estimate of future cash flows by the pre-tax weighted average cost of capital.

Any impairment is recognised in the statement of comprehensive income. If there has been a change in the estimates used to determine

the investment’s recoverable amount, impairment losses that have been recognised in prior periods may be reversed. This reversal is

recognised in the statement of comprehensive income.

![]()

www.centaurmedia.com

88

# Notes to the Financial Statements

#### CONTINUED

1 Summary of material accounting policies continued

(f) Income tax

The tax expense represents the sum of current and deferred tax.

Current tax is based on the taxable profit for the year. Taxable profit differs from profit as reported in the consolidated statement of

comprehensive income because it excludes items of income or expense that are taxable or deductible in other years, and it further

includes items that are never taxable or deductible. The Group and Company’s liability for current tax is calculated using tax rates that

have been enacted or substantively enacted by the reporting date.

Deferred tax is provided in full, using the liability method, on temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities

in the consolidated financial statements and the corresponding tax bases used in the computation of taxable profit. Deferred tax liabilities

are generally recognised for all taxable temporary differences and deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable

that taxable profits will be available to utilise those temporary differences and losses. Such assets and liabilities are not recognised if the

temporary difference arises from goodwill or the initial recognition (other than in a business combination) of other assets and liabilities in a

transaction that affects neither the tax profit nor the accounting profit.

Deferred tax is calculated at the enacted or substantively enacted tax rates that are expected to apply in the year when the liability is

settled, or the asset is realised. Deferred tax is charged or credited to the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, except when

it relates to items charged or credited directly to equity or other comprehensive income, in which case the deferred tax is recognised in

equity or other comprehensive income respectively.

The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at each reporting date and is reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable

that sufficient taxable profits will be available to allow all or part of the asset to be recovered.

(g) Leases

Lessee accounting

Under IFRS 16, leases are accounted for on a ‘right-of-use model’ reflecting that, at the commencement date, the Group as a lessee has

a financial obligation to make lease payments to the lessor for its right to use the underlying asset during the lease term. The financial

obligation is recognised as a lease liability, and the right to use the underlying asset is recognised as a right-of-use (‘ROU’) asset. The

ROU assets are recognised within property, plant and equipment on the face of the consolidated statement of financial position and are

presented separately in note 12.

The lease liability is initially measured at the present value of the lease payments using the rate implicit in the lease or, where that cannot

be readily determined, the incremental borrowing rate (‘IBR’). The incremental borrowing rate is estimated to discount future lease

payments to measure the present value of the lease liability at the lease commencement date. Such a rate is based on what the Group

estimates the lessee would have to pay a third party to borrow the funds necessary to obtain an asset of a similar value to the right-of-use

asset, with similar terms, security and economic environment. Subsequently, the lease liability is measured at amortised cost, with interest

increasing the carrying amount and lease payments reducing the carrying amount. The carrying amount is remeasured to reflect any

reassessment or lease modifications, or to reflect revised in-substance fixed lease payments.

The ROU asset is initially measured at cost which comprises:

•  the amount of the initial measurement of the lease liability;

•  any lease payments made at or before the commencement date, less any lease incentives received;

•  any initial direct costs; and

•  an estimate of costs to be incurred at the end of the lease term.

Subsequently, the ROU asset is measured at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses. Depreciation is calculated to

write off the cost on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

Using the exemption available under IFRS 16, the Group elects not to apply the requirements above to:

•  Short-term leases; and

•  Leases for which the underlying asset is of a low value.

In these cases, the Group recognises the lease payments as an expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term, or another

systematic basis if that basis is more representative of the agreement.

![]()

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023

www.centaurmedia.com

89

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1 Summary of material accounting policies continued

(h) Impairment of assets

Assets that are subject to depreciation or amortisation are reviewed for impairment whenever events indicate that the carrying value may

not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognised to the extent that the carrying value exceeds the higher of the asset’s fair value less

cost of disposal and its value-in-use. An asset’s value-in-use is calculated by discounting an estimate of future cash flows by the pre-tax

weighted average cost of capital.

(i) Intangible assets

(i) Brands and publishing rights and customer relationships

Separately acquired brands and publishing rights are shown at historical cost. Brands and publishing rights and customer relationships

acquired in a business combination are recognised at fair value at the acquisition date. They have a finite useful life and are subsequently

carried at cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment losses.

(ii) Software

Computer software that is not integral to the operation of the related hardware is carried at cost less accumulated amortisation. Costs

associated with the development of identifiable and unique software products controlled by the Group that will generate probable future

economic benefits in excess of costs are recognised as intangible assets when the criteria of IAS 38 ‘Intangible Assets’ are met. They are

carried at cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment losses.

(iii) Amortisation methods and periods

Amortisation is calculated to write off the cost or fair value of intangible assets on a straight-line basis over the expected useful economic

lives to the Group over the following periods:

Computer software – 3 to 5 years

Brands and publishing rights – 5 to 20 years

Customer relationships – 3 to 10 years or over the term of any specified contract

Goodwill has an indefinite life and is tested for impairment annually at a Group level or whenever events or changes in circumstances

indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable.

(j) Property, plant and equipment

See note 1(g) for right-of-use assets. All other property, plant and equipment is stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation

and impairment losses. The historical cost of property, plant and equipment is the purchase cost together with any incidental direct costs

of acquisition. Depreciation is calculated to write off the cost, less estimated residual value, of assets, on a straight-line basis over the

expected useful economic lives to the Group over the following periods:

Fixtures and fittings – 5 to 10 years

Computer equipment – 3 to 5 years

Right-of-use assets – over the lease term

The estimated useful lives, residual values and depreciation methods are reviewed at the end of each reporting year, with the effect of

any changes in estimate accounted for on a prospective basis.

![]()

www.centaurmedia.com

90

# Notes to the Financial Statements

#### CONTINUED

1 Summary of material accounting policies continued

(k) Employee benefits

(i) Share-based payments

The Group operates several equity-settled share-based payment plans, under which the Group receives services from employees in

consideration for equity instruments (share options and shares) of the Company. Information relating to these plans is set out in note 23.

Equity-settled share-based payments are measured at fair value at the date of grant. Fair value is measured using either a Monte Carlo

simulation (stochastic) model or Black-Scholes option pricing model. The fair value of the employee services received in exchange for

the grant of share awards and options is recognised as an expense on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, based on the Group’s

estimate of the number of options or shares that will eventually vest. Non-market-based performance or service vesting conditions (for

example profitability and remaining as an employee of the entity over a specified time period) are included in assumptions about the

number of share awards and options that are expected to vest. Market-based performance criteria is reflected in the measurement of fair

value at the date of grant.

The impact of the revision to original estimates, if any, is recognised in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, with a

corresponding adjustment to equity, such that the cumulative expense reflects the revised estimate. The cumulative share-based payment

expense held in reserves is recycled into retained earnings when the share awards or options lapse or are exercised. When options are

exercised, shares are either transferred to the employee from the Employee Benefit Trust or by issuing new shares. The social security

contributions payable in connection with the grant of share awards is treated as a cash-settled transaction.

The award by the Company of share-based payment awards over its equity instruments to the employees of subsidiary undertakings

in the Group is treated as a capital contribution only if it is left unsettled. The fair value of employee services received, measured by

reference to the grant date fair value, is recognised over the vesting period as an increase to investment in subsidiary undertakings, with

a corresponding credit to equity.

A deferred tax asset is recognised on share options based on the intrinsic value of the options, which is calculated as the difference

between the fair value of the shares under option at the reporting date and exercise price of the share options. The deferred tax asset is

utilised when the share options are exercised or released when share options lapse. The accounting policy regarding deferred tax is set

out above in note 1(f).

(l) Equity

(i) Share capital

Ordinary and deferred shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares or options are

shown in equity as a deduction, net of tax, from the proceeds.

Where any Group company purchases the Company’s equity instruments, for example as the result of a share buyback or share-based

payment plan, the consideration paid, including any directly attributable incremental costs (net of income taxes) is deducted from equity

attributable to the owners of the Company as treasury shares until the shares are cancelled or reissued. Where such ordinary shares are

subsequently reissued, any consideration received, net of any directly attributable incremental transaction costs and the related income

tax effects, is included in equity attributable to the owners of the Company.

Shares held by the Employee Benefit Trust are disclosed as own shares and deducted from equity.

(ii) Own shares

Own shares consist of treasury shares and shares held within the Employee Benefit Trust.

Own shares are recognised at cost as a deduction from equity shareholders’ funds. Subsequent consideration received for the sale of

such shares is also recognised in equity, with any excess of consideration received between the sale proceeds and the original cost being

recognised in share premium. No gain or loss is recognised in the financial statements on transactions in treasury shares.

(m) Financial instruments

The Group has applied IFRS 9 ‘Financial Instruments’ as outlined below:

(i) Financial assets

The Group classifies and measures its financial assets in line with one of the three measurement models under IFRS 9: at amortised cost,

fair value through profit or loss, and fair value through other comprehensive income. Management determines the classification of its

financial assets based on the requirements of IFRS 9 at initial recognition.

![]()

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023

www.centaurmedia.com

91

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1 Summary of material accounting policies continued

(ii) Trade receivables

Trade receivables are accounted for under IFRS 9, being recognised initially at fair value and subsequently at amortised cost less any

allowance for expected lifetime credit losses under the ‘expected credit loss’ model. As mandated by IFRS 9, the expected lifetime credit

losses are calculated using the ‘simplified’ approach.

A provision matrix is used to calculate the allowance for expected lifetime credit losses on trade receivables which is based on historical

default rates over the expected life of the trade receivables and is adjusted for forward-looking estimates. The allowance for expected

lifetime credit losses is established by considering, on a discounted basis, the cash shortfalls it would incur in various default scenarios

for prescribed future periods and multiplying those shortfalls by the probability of each scenario occurring. The historical loss rates are

adjusted to reflect current and forward-looking information on macroeconomic factors affecting the ability of the customers to settle the

receivables. The allowance is the sum of these probability weighted outcomes. The allowance and any changes to it are recognised in

the consolidated statement of comprehensive income within net operating expenses. When a trade receivable is uncollectible, it is written

off against the allowance account for trade receivables. Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off are credited against net

operating expenses in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income. The Group defines a default as failure of a debtor to repay

an amount due as this is the time at which our estimate of future cash flows from the debtor is affected.

(iii) Financial liabilities

Debt and trade and other payables are recognised initially at fair value based on amounts exchanged, net of transaction costs, and

subsequently at amortised cost.

(iv) Receivables from and payables to subsidiaries and the Employee Benefit Trust

The Company has amounts receivable from and payable to subsidiaries and the receivable from the Employee Benefit Trust which are

recognised at fair value. Amounts receivable from subsidiaries and the Employee Benefit Trust are assessed annually for recoverability

under the requirements of IFRS 9.

(n) Key accounting assumptions, estimates and judgements

The preparation of financial statements under IFRS requires the use of certain key accounting assumptions and requires management to

exercise its judgement and to make estimates. Those that have the most significant effect on the amounts recognised in the consolidated

financial statements or have the most risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next

financial year are discussed below.

Key sources of estimation uncertainty

(i) Carrying value of goodwill, other intangible assets and Company investment estimate

In assessing whether goodwill, other intangible assets and the Company’s investment are impaired, the Group uses a discounted cash

flow model which includes forecast cash flows and estimates of future growth. If the results of operations in future periods are lower

than included in the cash flow model, impairments may be triggered. A sensitivity analysis has been performed on the value-in-use

calculations. Further details of the assumptions and sensitivities in the discounted cash flow model are included in notes 10 and 13.

Critical accounting judgements

(ii) Adjusting items judgement

The term ‘adjusted’ is not a defined term under IFRS. Judgement is required to ensure that the classification and presentation of certain

items as adjusting, including exceptional costs, is appropriate and consistent with the Group’s accounting policy. Further details about the

amounts classified as adjusting are included in notes 1(b) and 4.

Other areas of judgement and accounting estimates

The consolidated financial statements include other areas of judgement and accounting estimates. While these areas do not meet the

definition under IAS 1 of significant accounting estimates or critical accounting judgements, the recognition and measurement of certain

material assets and liabilities are based on assumptions and/or are subject to longer-term uncertainties. The other areas of judgement and

accounting estimates are:

•  Deferred tax (estimation of forecasted future taxable profits) refer to notes 1(f) and 14;

•  Lease liabilities (lease term judgement) refer to notes 1(g) and 19;

•  Lease liabilities (IBR estimate) refer to notes 1(g) and 19; and

•  Share-based payment expense (estimation of fair value) refer to notes 1(k)(i) and 23.

![]()

www.centaurmedia.com

92

# Notes to the Financial Statements

#### CONTINUED

2 Segmental reporting

The Group is organised around two reportable market-facing segments: Xeim and The Lawyer. These two segments derive revenue

from a combination of premium content, training and advisory, events, marketing solutions and recruitment advertising. Overhead costs

are allocated to these segments on an appropriate basis, depending on the nature of the costs, including in proportion to revenue or

headcount. Corporate income and costs have been presented separately as ‘Central’. The Group believes this is the most appropriate

presentation of segmental reporting for the user to understand the core operations of the Group. There is no inter-segmental revenue.

Refer to note 8 for details on the discontinued operations.

Segment assets consist primarily of property, plant and equipment, intangible assets (including goodwill) and trade receivables. Segment

liabilities primarily comprise trade payables, accruals and deferred income.

Corporate assets and liabilities primarily comprise property, plant and equipment, intangible assets, current and deferred tax balances,

cash and cash equivalents, short-term deposits and lease liabilities.

Capital expenditure comprises purchases of additions to property, plant and equipment and intangible assets.

2023 Note

Xeim

£’000

The Lawyer

£’000

Central

£’000

Continuing

operations

£’000

Discontinued

operations

£’000

Group

£’000

Revenue 28,968 8,361 – 37,329 2,006 39,335

Adjusted operating

profit / (loss) 1(b) 7,447 3,022 (2,865) 7,604 42 7,646

Exceptional operating costs 4 (297) – (52) (349) (454) (803)

Amortisation of acquired

intangibles 11 (47) – – (47) (31) (78)

Loss on disposal of assets 4 – – – – (56) (56)

Share-based payment expense 23 (369) (117) (609) (1,095) – (1,095)

Operating profit / (loss) 6,734 2,905 (3,526) 6,113 (499) 5,614

Finance income 6 266 – 266

Finance costs 6 (245) – (245)

Profit / (loss) before tax 6,134 (499) 5,635

Taxation 7 (807) 22 (785)

Profit / (loss) for the year 5,327 (477) 4,850

Segment assets 35,345 17,911 – 53,256 70 53,326

Corporate assets – – 10,891 10,891 – 10,891

Consolidated total assets 64,147 70 64,217

Segment liabilities (11,391) (3,780) – (15,171) (196) (15,367)

Corporate liabilities – – (3,782) (3,782) – (3,782)

Consolidated total liabilities (18,953) (196) (19,149)

Other items

Capital expenditure (tangible

and intangible assets) 1,870 104 73 2,047 8 2,055

![]()

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023

www.centaurmedia.com

93

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

2 Segmental reporting continued

Re-presented

2

2022 Note

Xeim

£’000

The Lawyer

£’000

Central

£’000

Continuing

operations

£’000

Discontinued

operations

£’000

Group

£’000

Revenue 30,083 8,301 – 38,384 3,209 41,593

Adjusted operating profit / (loss) 1(b) 5,771 2,474 (3,302) 4,943 354 5,297

Amortisation of acquired

intangibles 11 (490) – – (490) (31) (521)

Gain on remeasurement of lease 19 118 27 6 151 – 151

Lease termination fee 12,19 (190) (43) (10) (243) – (243)

Share-based payment expense 23 (260) (72) (474) (806) – (806)

Operating profit / (loss) 4,949 2,386 (3,780) 3,555 323 3,878

Finance income 6 85 – 85

Finance costs 6 (158) – (158)

Profit before tax 3,482 323 3,805

Taxation 7 (930) (75) (1,005)

Profit for the year 2,552 248 2,800

Segment assets 33,550 17,391 – 50,941 793 51,734

Corporate assets 15,649 15,649 – 15,649

Consolidated total assets 66,590 793 67,383

Segment liabilities (10,666) (2,778) – (13,444) (473) (13,917)

Corporate liabilities (4,640) (4,640) – (4,640)

Consolidated total liabilities (18,084) (473) (18,557)

Other items

Capital expenditure (tangible and

intangible assets) 1,143 147 67 1,357 – 1,357

2

See note 1(a) for description of the prior year re-presentation.

Supplemental information

Revenue by geographical location

The Group’s revenue from continuing operations from external customers by geographical location is detailed below:

Xeim

2023

£’000

The Lawyer

2023

£’000

Total

2023

£’000

Re-presented

2

Xeim

2022

£’000

The Lawyer

2022

£’000

Re-presented

2

Total

2022

£’000

United Kingdom  15,766  7,203 22,969  17,033  6,882 23,915

Europe (excluding United Kingdom) 4,743 503  5,246 5,162 609  5,771

North America  4,210 495 4,705  4,534 628 5,162

Rest of world  4,249 160 4,409  3,354 182 3,536

28,968   8,361   37,329   30,083   8,301   38,384

2

See note 1(a) for description of the prior year re-presentation.

Substantially all of the Group’s net assets are located in the United Kingdom. The Directors therefore consider that the Group currently

operates in a single geographical segment, being the United Kingdom. Refer to note 13 for the location of the Group’s subsidiaries.

![]()

www.centaurmedia.com

94

# Notes to the Financial Statements

#### CONTINUED

2 Segmental reporting continued

Revenue by type

The Group’s revenue from continuing operations by type is as follows:

Xeim

2023

£’000

The Lawyer

2023

£’000

Total

2023

£’000

Re-presented

2

Xeim

2022

£’000

The Lawyer

2022

£’000

Re-presented

2

Total

2022

£’000

Premium Content 9,998 5,156 15,154 9,980 4,748 14,728

Training and Advisory  14,858  –   14,858   14,431  –   14,431

Events  2,096   1,780   3,876   2,548   1,998   4,546

Marketing Solutions  1,912   426   2,338   2,870   565   3,435

Recruitment Advertising  104   999   1,103  254   990   1,244

28,968   8,361   37,329   30,083   8,301   38,384

2

See note 1(a) for description of the prior year re-presentation.

The accounting policies for each of these revenue streams is disclosed in note 1(d), including the timing of revenue recognition. There are

some contracts for which revenue has not yet been recognised and is being held in deferred income, see note 20. This deferred income

is all current and is expected to be recognised as revenue in 2024.

3 Net operating expenses

Operating profit / (loss) is stated after charging:

Note

Adjusted

Results

1

2023

£’000

Adjusting

Items

1

2023

£’000

Statutory

Results

2023

£’000

Re-presented

2

Adjusted

Results

1

2022

£’000

Re-presented

2

Adjusting

Items

1

2022

£’000

Re-presented

2

Statutory

Results

2022

£’000

Employee benefits expense 5 17,121  – 17,121 17,413  – 17,413

Capitalised employee benefits 5,11 (435) – (435) (403) – (403)

Exceptional operating costs 4 – 349 349 – – –

Depreciation of property, plant

and equipment 4,12 1,133  – 1,133  2,028  243 2,271

Amortisation of intangible

assets 4,11 930  47 977 1,136  490 1,626

Gain on remeasurement of

lease 4,19 – – – – (151) (151)

Share-based payment expense 4,23 –  1,095 1,095 –  806 806

Net impairment of trade

receivables  26  (106)  –  (106)  (29)  –  (29)

IT expenditure 2,336  – 2,336  2,463  – 2,463

Marketing expenditure 1,489  – 1,489  1,618  – 1,618

Other staff-related costs 275  – 275  412  – 412

Other operating expenses   6,982  – 6,982  8,803  – 8,803

29,725  1,491 31,216 33,441  1,388 34,829

Cost of sales 13,686  – 13,686  14,149  – 14,149

Distribution costs 28  – 28  60  – 60

Administrative expenses   16,011  1,491  17,502  19,232  1,388  20,620

29,725  1,491  31,216  33,441  1,388  34,829

1

Adjusted results exclude adjusting items, as detailed in note 1(b).

2

See note 1(a) for description of the prior year re-presentation.

![]()

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023

www.centaurmedia.com

95

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

3 Net operating expenses continued

Services provided by the Company and Group’s auditor

2023

£’000

2022

£’000

Fees payable for the audit of Company and consolidated financial statements 128 120

Fees payable for the interim financial statement review 12 11

Total fees paid to the Company and Group’s auditor 140 131

4 Adjusting items

As discussed in note 1(b), certain items are presented as adjusting. These are detailed below:

Note

2023

£’000

Re-presented

2

2022

£’000

Continuing operations

Exceptional operating costs 349 –

Amortisation of acquired intangible assets 11 47  490

Gain on remeasurement of lease  19 – (151)

Lease termination fee  12,19 – 243

Share-based payment expense 23 1,095  806

Adjusting items before tax 1,491  1,388

Tax relating to adjusting items 7 (410) (264)

Total adjusting items after tax for continuing operations 1,081 1,124

Discontinued operations 8

Exceptional operating costs 454  –

Amortisation of acquired intangible assets 11 31  31

Loss on disposal of assets  11 56 –

Tax relating to adjusting items 7 (127)  (6)

Total adjusting items after tax for discontinued operations 414 25

Total adjusting items after tax  1,495 1,149

2

See note 1(a) for description of the prior year re-presentation.

Exceptional operating costs

In the current year, exceptional operating costs in continuing operations of £349,000 relate to strategic restructuring of the Group as

it prepares for the next phase of growth following MAP23. This includes £317,000 of staff related restructuring costs and £32,000 of

associated professional fees.

Exceptional operating costs in discontinued operations of £454,000 were incurred during the year due to the closure of the Really B2B

and Design Week brands within Xeim. This includes £393,000 of staff related restructuring costs and £61,000 relating to professional fees

and onerous contracts.

Loss on disposal of assets

In the current year the loss on disposal of assets in discontinued operations of £56,000 consists of a loss on disposal of computer software

of £7,000 and a loss on disposal of acquired intangibles relating to the Really B2B brand of £49,000. Refer to note 11 for further details.

Termination of lease

As a result of the termination of the London property lease in the prior year, a net gain of £151,000 was recognised on remeasurement of the

lease liability and respective proportionate adjustment to the ROU asset. The termination fee was included in the measurement of the ROU

asset at the time of the remeasurement, therefore the £243,000 was recognised in depreciation in 2022. Refer to note 19 for further details.

Other adjusting items

Other adjusting items relate to the amortisation of acquired intangible assets (see note 11) and share-based payment costs (see note 23).

![]()

www.centaurmedia.com

96

# Notes to the Financial Statements

#### CONTINUED

5 Directors and employees

Group Note

2023

Continuing

Group

£’000

2023

Discontinued

Group

£’000

2023

Total

Group

£’000

Re-presented

2

2022

Continuing

Group

£’000

Re-presented

2

2022

Discontinued

Group

£’000

Re-presented

2

2022

Total

Group

£’000

Wages and salaries 14,522 1,126 15,648 14,723 1,379 16,102

Social security costs 1,696 129 1,825 1,863 155 2,018

Other pension costs 903 83 986 827 87 914

Employee benefits expense 17,121 1,338 18,459 17,413 1,621 19,034

Capitalised employee benefits 11 (435) – (435) (403) – (403)

Exceptional staff related

restructuring costs 4 317 393 710 – – –

Share-based payment expense 23 1,095 – 1,095 806 – 806

18,098 1,731 19,829 17,816 1,621 19,437

2

See note 1(a) for description of the prior year re-presentation.

Company Note

2023

Company

£’000

2022

Company

£’000

Wages and salaries 1,499  1,464

Social security costs 205 221

Other pension costs 47  50

Employee benefits expense 1,751  1,735

Share-based payment expense 23 534  424

2,285 2,159

The average number of employees employed during the year, including Executive Directors, was:

2023

Group

Number

Re-presented

2

2022

Group

Number

2023

Company

Number

2022

Company

Number

Xeim 167  169  – –

The Lawyer 56  58  – –

Central 10  10  4 4

Discontinued 24  32  – –

257  269  4 4

2

See note 1(a) for description of the prior year re-presentation.

The Group’s employees are employed and paid by Centaur Communications Limited, a Group company, with the exception of the

employees directly employed by the Company.

Key management compensation

2023

£’000

2022

£’000

Salaries and short-term employment benefits 1,680  1,583

Post-employment benefits 100  78

Share-based payment expense 691 590

2,471 2,251

Key management is defined as the Executive Directors and Executive Committee members.

1,485,000 shares were exercised by Directors during the year at a share price of 37.0 pence. (2022: 201,355 shares were exercised by

Directors at a share price of 40.0 pence). Details of Directors’ remuneration are included in the Remuneration Committee Report between

pages 56 and 70.

![]()

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023

www.centaurmedia.com

97

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

6 Finance income and costs

Note

2023

£’000

2022

£’000

Finance income

Interest income from short-term deposits 17 235 68

Interest income from cash and cash equivalents 31 17

266 85

Finance costs

Commitment fees and amortisation of arrangement fee in respect of revolving credit facility (106) (105)

Interest on lease  19 (89) (51)

Other finance costs (50) (2)

(245) (158)

Net finance income / (costs) 21 (73)

Interest income from short-term deposits

Interest income from short-term deposits is calculated using the effective interest method and is recognised in profit or loss. Finance

income in relation to these short-term deposits resulted in cash inflows to the Group of £189,000 during the year (2022: £46,000).

Fees on revolving credit facility

These finance costs are in relation to the Group’s £10m revolving credit facility, none of which was drawn down at 31 December 2023 (2022:

£nil). As indicated by the consolidated cash flow statement, there were no drawdowns from this facility during the current and prior year.

Finance costs in relation to this facility resulted in cash outflows by the Company and Group of £73,000 during the year (2022: £71,000).

Lease interest

A lease liability was recognised for the Group’s property lease. £89,000 of interest on this lease was incurred during the year (2022:

£51,000). Refer to notes 1(g) and 19 for further details.

7 Taxation

Note

2023

Continuing

£’000

2023

Discontinued

£’000

2023

Total

£’000

Re-presented

2

2022

Continuing

£’000

Re-presented

2

2022

Discontinued

£’000

Re-presented

2

2022

Total

£’000

Analysis of charge / (credit)

for the year

Current tax 21

Overseas tax 24 – 24 (3) – (3)

Adjustments in respect

of prior years 1,346 – 1,346 68 – 68

1,370 – 1,370 65 – 65

Deferred tax 14

Current period 1,193 (22) 1,171 838 75 913

Adjustments in respect of

prior years (1,756) – (1,756) 27 – 27

(563) (22) (585) 865 75 940

Taxation charge / (credit) 807 (22) 785 930 75 1,005

2

See note 1(a) for description of the prior year re-presentation.

![]()

www.centaurmedia.com

98

# Notes to the Financial Statements

#### CONTINUED

7 Taxation continued

The taxation charge / (credit) for the year can be reconciled to the profit / (loss) before tax in the consolidated statement of comprehensive

income as follows:

2023

Continuing

£’000

2023

Discontinued

£’000

2023

Total

£’000

Re-presented

2

2022

Continuing

£’000

Re-presented

2

2022

Discontinued

£’000

Re-presented

2

2022

Total

£’000

Profit / (loss) before tax 6,134 (499) 5,635 3,482 323 3,805

Tax at the UK rate of corporation tax of

23.5% (2022: 19.0%) 1,441 (117) 1,324 662 61 723

Effects of:

Expenses not deductible for tax

purposes 14  3  17  18  – 18

Additional deduction for capital

allowances (8) – (8) (86) – (86)

Share-based payments (52) – (52) 2 – 2

Effects of changes in tax rate on

deferred tax balances (82) (1) (83) 239 14 253

Use of losses (93) 93 – – – –

Different tax rates of subsidiaries in

other jurisdictions (3) – (3) – – –

Adjustments in respect of prior years (410) – (410) 95 – 95

Taxation charge / (credit) 807 (22) 785 930 75 1,005

2

See note 1(a) for description of the prior year re-presentation.

In the Spring Budget 2021, the UK Government announced that from 1 April 2023 the corporation tax rate would increase to 25% (rather

than remaining at 19%, as previously enacted). This new law was substantively enacted on 24 May 2021. For the financial year ended 31

December 2023, the current weighted averaged tax rate was 23.5%. Temporary differences are remeasured using the enacted tax rates

that are expected to apply when the liability is settled or the asset realised.

During the current year, the Group’s tax losses from 31 December 2021 were carried forward rather than being surrendered by way of

group relief against the 2022 taxable profits. This contrasts with the position that was reflected in the financial statements for the year

ended 31 December 2022. This results in additional taxable profits of £6,926,000 in 2022 and a corresponding increase in tax losses

brought forward at 1 January 2023. Therefore in the current period, adjustments in respect of prior year have been made to current tax

(£1,346,000) and deferred tax (£1,872,000) to reflect the recognition of these tax losses as a deferred tax asset instead of reducing the

current tax charge relating to 2022.

A reconciliation between the reported tax charge / (credit) and the adjusted tax charge taking account of adjusting items as discussed in

note 1(b) and 4 is shown below:

2023

Continuing

£’000

2023

Discontinued

£’000

2023

Total

£’000

Re-presented

2

2022

Continuing

£’000

Re-presented

2

2022

Discontinued

£’000

Re-presented

2

2022

Total

£’000

Reported tax charge / (credit) 807 (22) 785 930 75 1,005

Effects of:

Exceptional operating costs 82 107 189 – – –

Amortisation of acquired intangible

assets  – 9 9 102 6 108

Loss on disposal of assets – 11 11 – – –

Gain on remeasurement of lease – – – (36) – (36)

Share-based payments 328 – 328 198 – 198

Adjusted tax charge  1,217 105 1,322 1,194 81 1,275

2

See note 1(a) for description of the prior year re-presentation.

![]()

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023

www.centaurmedia.com

99

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

8 Discontinued operations

In December 2023, the Group closed the Really B2B (‘Really’) and Design Week (‘DW’) brands within Xeim in line with the Group’s strategy

to prioritise higher quality revenue and profit margin growth.

The results of the discontinued operations, which were included in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income and

consolidated cash flow statement, were as follows:

Statement of comprehensive income

Really

2023

£’000

DW

2023

£’000

Total

2023

£’000

Really

2022

£’000

DW

2022

£’000

Total

2022

£’000

Revenue 1,787 219 2,006 2,850 359 3,209

Expenses (2,181) (268) (2,449) (2,679) (207) (2,886)

Loss on disposal of assets (56) – (56) – – –

(Loss) / profit before tax (450) (49) (499) 171 152 323

Attributable tax credit / (charge) 22 – 22 (39) (36) (75)

Statutory (loss) / profit after tax  (428) (49) (477) 132 116 248

Add back adjusting items:

Exceptional operating costs 402 52 454 – – –

Amortisation of acquired intangible

assets 31 – 31 31

– 31

Loss on disposal of assets 56 – 56 – – –

Tax relating to adjusting items (115) (12) (127) (6) – (6)

Total adjusting items

1

374 40 414 25 – 25

Adjusted profit / (loss)

1

attributable to

discontinued operations after tax (54) (9) (63) 157 116 273

1

Adjusted results exclude adjusting items, as detailed in note 1(b).

Cash flows

Really

2023

£’000

DW

2023

£’000

Total

2023

£’000

Really

2022

£’000

DW

2022

£’000

Total

2022

£’000

Net operating cash flows 8 – 8 – – –

Investing cash flows (8) – (8) – – –

Financing cash flows – – – – – –

Total cash flows – – – – – –

The operating cash flows of discontinued operations largely follow the trade activities of these operations. There were no material

investing or financing cash flows in 2022 and 2023.

9 Earnings / (loss) per share

Basic earnings per share (‘EPS’) is calculated by dividing the earnings attributable to ordinary shareholders by the weighted average

number of shares in issue during the year. 1,878,628 (2022: 3,112,784) shares held in the Employee Benefit Trust and 4,550,179 (2022:

4,550,179) shares held in treasury (see note 22) have been excluded in arriving at the weighted average number of shares.

For diluted earnings per share the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue is adjusted to assume conversion of all deferred

shares and dilutive potential ordinary shares. This comprises share options and awards granted to Directors and employees under the Group’s

share-based payment plans where the exercise price is less than the average market price of the Company’s ordinary shares during the year.

![]()

www.centaurmedia.com

100

# Notes to the Financial Statements

#### CONTINUED

9 Earnings / (loss) per share continued

Basic and diluted earnings per share have also been presented on an adjusted basis, as the Directors believe that these measures are

more reflective of the underlying performance of the Group. These have been calculated as follows:

2023

Adjusted

Results

1

£’000

2023

Adjusting

Items

1

£’000

2023

Statutory

Results

£’000

Re-presented

2

2022

Adjusted

Results

1

£’000

Re-presented

2

2022

Adjusting

Items

1

£’000

Re-presented

2

2022

Statutory

Results

£’000

Continuing operations (£’000)

Profit / (loss) for the year from continuing

operations 6,408 (1,081) 5,327 3,676 (1,124) 2,552

Number of shares (thousands)

Basic weighted average number of shares 143,789 143,789 143,789 143,813 143,813 143,813

Effect of dilutive securities – options 8,591 8,591 8,591 7,638 7,638 7,638

Diluted weighted average number of shares 152,380 152,380 152,380 151,451 151,451 151,451

Earnings / (loss) per share from continuing

operations (pence)

Basic from continuing operations 4.4 (0.7) 3.7 2.6 (0.8) 1.8

Fully diluted from continuing operations 4.2 (0.7) 3.5 2.5 (0.8) 1.7

Discontinued operations (£’000)

Profit / (loss) for the year from discontinued

operations (63) (414) (477) 273 (25) 248

Number of shares (thousands)

Basic weighted average number of shares 143,789 143,789 143,789 143,813 143,813 143,813

Effect of dilutive securities – options 8,591 8,591 8,591 7,638 7,638 7,638

Diluted weighted average number of shares 152,380 152,380 152,380 151,451 151,451 151,451

Earnings / (loss) per share from

discontinued operations (pence)

Basic from discontinued operations – (0.3) (0.3) 0.1 – 0.1

Fully diluted from discontinued operations – (0.3) (0.3) 0.1 – 0.1

Continuing and discontinued

operations (£’000)

Profit / (loss) for the year attributable to

owners of parent 6,345 (1,495) 4,850 3,949 (1,149) 2,800

Number of shares (thousands)

Basic weighted average number of shares 143,789 143,789 143,789 143,813 143,813 143,813

Effect of dilutive securities – options 8,591 8,591 8,591 7,638 7,638 7,638

Diluted weighted average number of shares 152,380 152,380 152,380 151,451 151,451 151,451

Earnings / (loss) per share from continuing

and discontinued

operations (pence)

Basic earnings per share 4.4 (1.0) 3.4 2.7 (0.8) 1.9

Fully diluted earnings per share 4.2 (1.0) 3.2 2.6 (0.8) 1.8

1

Adjusted results exclude adjusting items, as detailed in notes 1(b) and 4.

2

2 See note 1(a) for description of the prior year re-presentation.

![]()

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023

www.centaurmedia.com

101

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

10 Goodwill

Group

£’000

Cost

At 1 January 2022, 31 December 2022 and 31 December 2023 81,109

Accumulated impairment

At 1 January 2022, 31 December 2022 and 31 December 2023 39,947

Net book value

At 1 January 2022, 31 December 2022 and 31 December 2023 41,162

At 31 December 2023 a full impairment assessment has been carried out. No impairment is required for the carrying value of goodwill.

(2022: £nil).

Goodwill by segment

Each brand is deemed to be a cash generating unit (‘CGU’), being the lowest level at which cash flows are separately identifiable.

Goodwill is attributed to individual CGUs and has historically been reviewed at the operating segment level for the purposes of the annual

impairment review as this is the level at which management monitors goodwill.

Xeim

£’000

The Lawyer

£’000

Total

£’000

At 1 January 2022, 31 December 2022 and 31 December 2023 25,188 15,974 41,162

Impairment testing of goodwill and acquired intangible assets

At 31 December 2023, goodwill and acquired intangible assets (see note 11) were tested for impairment in accordance with IAS 36. In

assessing whether an impairment of goodwill and acquired intangible assets is required, the carrying value of the segment is compared

with its recoverable amount. Recoverable amounts are measured based on value-in-use (‘VIU’).

The Group estimates the VIU of its CGUs using a discounted cash flow model, which adjusts the cash flows for risks associated with the

assets and discounts these using a pre-tax rate of 10.8% (2022: 9.9%). The discount rate used is consistent with the Group’s weighted

average cost of capital and is used across all segments, which are all based predominantly in the UK and considered to have similar risks

and rewards.

The key assumptions used in calculating VIU are revenue growth, margin, adjusted EBITDA growth, discount rate and the terminal

growth rate. These have been derived from a combination of experience and management’s expectations of future growth rates in the

business. The Group has used the four-year plan forecast to 2027 for the first four years of the calculation and applied a terminal growth

rate of 2.5% (2022: 2.5%). This timescale and the terminal growth rate are both considered appropriate given the nature of the Group’s

revenue. The four-year plan forecast to 2027 has been prepared brand by brand on a bottom-up basis following a review of the business

where management has identified higher quality revenue streams for growth and focus, which will deliver the targets set out below, and

conversely which areas of the business will be de-prioritised. Overall the four-year plan forecast to 2027 assumes continued profit growth

reflecting top line expansion in key brands, while managing the impact of projected inflationary pressures.

The key assumptions and variables in this plan are sensitised in isolation and in combination. The main sensitivities applied to the key

drivers are outlined below. As required by IAS 36, these sensitivities are applied in order to assess the effect of reasonably possible

changes in the assumptions.

Sensitivity analysis has been performed on the VIU calculations, holding all other variables constant, to:

i.  apply a 10% reduction to forecast adjusted EBITDA in each year of the modelled cash flows. No impairment would occur in either of

the segments.

ii.  apply a 2 percentage point increase in discount rate from 10.8% to 12.8%. No impairment would occur in either of the segments.

iii.  reduce the terminal value growth rate from 2.5% to 1.5%. No impairment would occur in either of the segments.

The results of the impairment assessment and sensitivities applied indicate that no impairment to the goodwill or acquired intangible

assets of either CGU is required for the year ended 31 December 2023.

![]()

www.centaurmedia.com

102

# Notes to the Financial Statements

#### CONTINUED

11 Other intangible assets

Computer

software

£’000

Brands and

publishing

rights

£’000

Customer

relationships

£’000

Separately

acquired

websites and

content

£’000

Total

£’000

Cost

At 1 January 2022 19,631  1,380  11,321  3,216  35,548

Additions - separately acquired 763  –  –  –  763

Additions - internally generated 403 – – – 403

Disposals (197) – – –  (197)

Exchange differences 21 – – – 21

At 31 December 2022 20,621  1,380  11,321  3,216  36,538

Additions - separately acquired 1,541 –  –  –  1,541

Additions - internally generated 435 – – – 435

Disposals (10,464) (247) (1,904) –  (12,615)

At 31 December 2023 12,133 1,133  9,417 3,216  25,899

Accumulated amortisation

At 1 January 2022 17,562 769  10,899  3,216  32,446

Amortisation charge for the year 1,136  99 422  – 1,657

Disposals (197) – – – (197)

Exchange differences 21 – – – 21

At 31 December 2022 18,522 868  11,321  3,216  33,927

Amortisation charge for the year 931 78 – – 1,009

Disposals (10,457) (198) (1,904) – (12,559)

At 31 December 2023 8,996 748  9,417  3,216  22,377

Net book value at 31 December 2023 3,137 385  –  –  3,522

Net book value at 31 December 2022  2,099  512  –  –   2,611

Net book value at 1 January 2022  2,069   611   422  –   3,102

During the year, the Group performed a detailed review of the fixed asset register which identified a number of historical fully amortised

assets that are no longer in use by the business, and therefore these assets were disposed of in continuing operations. The disposed

assets had a net book value of £nil (2022: £nil).

During the year, the Group disposed of intangible assets totalling a net book value of £56,000, resulting in a loss on disposal of £56,000 in

discontinued operations. This has been recognised in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income in discontinued operations.

The £56,000 loss on disposal of intangible assets in discontinued operations resulted from the disposal relating to the Really B2B

business. In December 2023, the Group disposed of the Really B2B branding with a net book value of £49,000 for £nil proceeds, resulting

in a loss of £49,000. Customer relationships recognised on the acquisition of the Really B2B business in 2017 with a net book value of

£nil were disposed. Really B2B computer software assets were disposed at a net book value of £7,000 resulting in a loss of £7,000. These

disposals were effected in line with the closure of the Really B2B brand within Xeim in line with the Group’s strategy to prioritise higher

quality revenue and profit margin growth.

Amortisation of intangible assets is included in net operating expenses in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income. The

amortisation charge in continuing operations is £977,000 (2022: £1,626,000) and in discontinued operations is £32,000 (2022: £31,000).

Amortisation on acquired intangible assets from business combinations is presented as an adjusting item in note 4 (see note 1(b) for further

information). Total amortisation of £78,000 (2022: £521,000) on such assets is all amortisation on assets in the asset groups ‘Brands

and publishing rights’ and ‘Customer relationships’. These total amounts relate to continuing operations £47,000 (2022: £490,000) and

discontinued operations £31,000 (2022: £31,000) as shown in note 4.

Other intangible assets are tested annually for impairment in accordance with IAS 36 at a segment level by comparing the carrying value

with its recoverable amount (see note 10 for further details). No impairment was recognised in the current year or prior year.

The Company has no intangible assets (2022: £nil).

![]()

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023

www.centaurmedia.com

103

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

12 Property, plant and equipment

Fixtures

and fittings

£’000

Computer

equipment

£’000

ROU assets –

property

£’000

Total

£’000

Cost

At 1 January 2022  73   1,098   6,057   7,228

Additions - separately acquired 21 273   –  294

Remeasurement  – – (120) (120)

Disposals –  (21) (5,937)  (5,958)

Exchange differences – 2 – 2

At 31 December 2022  94  1,352 – 1,446

Additions - separately acquired 40 71   2,861  2,972

Disposals (64)  (504) –  (568)

At 31 December 2023  70  919 2,861 3,850

Accumulated depreciation

At 1 January 2022  61   840   3,843   4,744

Depreciation charge for the year 7  170 2,094 2,271

Disposals –  (21) (5,937) (5,958)

Exchange differences – 2 – 2

At 31 December 2022 68 991 – 1,059

Depreciation charge for the year 9  170 954 1,133

Disposals (64) (504) – (568)

At 31 December 2023 13 657 954 1,624

Net book value at 31 December 2023 57  262  1,907 2,226

Net book value at 31 December 2022 26  361  – 387

Net book value at 1 January 2022 12  258   2,214   2,484

In the current year, the Group disposed of computer equipment and fixtures and fittings that are no longer in use by the business.

The disposed assets had a net book value of £nil (2022: £nil).

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment is included in net operating expenses in the consolidated statement of comprehensive

income.

The current year depreciation charge is £1,133,000 (2022: £2,271,000).

In the prior year, depreciation of the ROU asset included £243,000 termination fee which was included in the cost of the ROU asset in the

remeasurement on the agreement of the lease termination (see note 19). This £243,000 was presented as an adjusting item in note 4 and

the remaining depreciation charge of £2,028,000 was in Adjusted Results.

The Company has no property, plant and equipment at 31 December 2023 (2022: £nil).

![]()

www.centaurmedia.com

104

# Notes to the Financial Statements

#### CONTINUED

13 Investments

Company

Investments

in subsidiary

undertakings

£’000

Cost

At 1 January 2022 151,548

Additions 374

At 31 December 2022 151,922

Additions 552

At 31 December 2023 152,474

Accumulated impairment

At 1 January 2022, 31 December 2022 and 31 December 2023 86,393

Net book value at 31 December 2023 66,081

Net book value at 31 December 2022 65,529

Net book value at 1 January 2022 65,155

Impairment testing of the investment

The carrying value of the investment represents the Company’s direct ownership of Centaur Communications Limited (‘CCL’). At 31

December 2023, the investment was tested for impairment in accordance with IAS 36. In assessing whether an impairment of the

investment is required, the carrying value of the investment is compared with its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is

measured based on value-in-use (‘VIU’). Although the Company only has direct ownership of CCL, CCL in turn directly or indirectly

controls the rest of the Group’s subsidiaries. Therefore, the VIU of the Company’s investment in CCL is supported by the operations of the

entire Group.

In the prior year, the UK’s economic uncertainty throughout 2022 was identified as an indication of impairment of the Company’s

investment carrying value. Therefore, a full impairment assessment was performed. The results of the impairment assessment and

sensitivities applied indicated that no impairment to the Company’s investment in CCL was required for the year ended 31 December

2022 as the carrying value of the investment was supported by the underlying trade of the Group.

In the current year, the UK’s ongoing economic uncertainty throughout 2023 has been identified as an indication of impairment of the

Company’s investment carrying value. Therefore, a full impairment assessment has been performed.

The Group estimates the VIU using a discounted cash flow model, which adjusts the cash flows for risks associated with the assets and

discounts these using a pre-tax rate of 10.8% (2022: 9.9%). The discount rate used is consistent with the Group’s weighted average cost of

capital.

The key assumptions used in calculating VIU are revenue growth, margin, adjusted EBITDA growth, discount rate and the terminal

growth rate. These have been derived from a combination of experience and management’s expectations of future growth rates in the

business. The Group has used the four-year plan forecast to 2027 for the first four years of the calculation and applied a terminal growth

rate of 2.5% (2022: 2.5%). This timescale and the terminal growth rate are both considered appropriate given the nature of the Group’s

revenue. The four-year plan forecast to 2027 has been prepared brand by brand on a bottom-up basis following a review of the business

where management has identified higher quality revenue streams for growth and focus, which will deliver the targets set out below, and

conversely which areas of the business will be de-prioritised. Overall the four-year plan forecast to 2027 assumes continued profit growth

reflecting top line expansion in key brands, while managing the impact of projected inflationary pressures.

Sensitivities are applied to each of the key assumptions and variables in isolation and in combination, in line with those sensitivities

applied for goodwill impairment testing as outlined in note 10. As required by IAS 36, these sensitivities are applied in order to assess the

effect of reasonably possible changes in the assumptions.

The results of the impairment assessment and sensitivities applied indicate that no impairment to the Company’s investment in CCL is

required for the year ended 31 December 2023.

Additions of £552,000 (2022: £374,000) related to capital contributions for share-based payments recharged to the Company’s

subsidiaries.

![]()

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023

www.centaurmedia.com

105

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

13 Investments continued

In order to simplify the Group structure, the process to close dormant companies commenced during 2021.

The Group dissolved the following subsidiaries during the current year:

Name

Proportion of

ordinary shares

and voting

rights held (%)

Principal

activities

Country of

incorporation Date of closure

Chiron Communications Limited  100 Dormant

United

Kingdom

11 January

2023

Taxbriefs Holdings Limited 100 Dormant

United

Kingdom 4 April 2023

At 31 December 2023, the Group has control over the following subsidiaries:

Name

Proportion of

ordinary shares

and voting

rights held (%)  Principal activities Country of incorporation

Centaur Communications Limited

1

100 Holding company and agency services United Kingdom

Centaur Media USA Inc.

2

100 Digital information services United States

E-consultancy LLC

2

100 Holding company United States

E-consultancy.com Limited 100 Digital information services United Kingdom

Market Makers Incorporated Limited

3

100 In liquidation United Kingdom

TheLawyer.com Limited 100  Digital information services  United Kingdom

Xeim Limited 100 Digital information services United Kingdom

1

Directly owned by Centaur Media Plc.

2

Registered address is 244 Fifth Avenue, Suite 1297, New York, NY 10001, USA. Functional currency is USD.

3

Market Makers Incorporated Limited was liquidated on 14 January 2024.

The registered address of all subsidiary companies, except for those identified above, is 10 York Road, London, SE1 7ND, United Kingdom.

The functional currency of all subsidiaries is GBP except for those identified above. The consolidated financial statements incorporate the

financial statements of all entities controlled by the Company at 31 December 2023.

14 Deferred tax

The movement on the deferred tax account for the Group is shown below:

Accelerated

capital

allowances

£’000

Other

temporary

differences

£’000

Tax

losses

£’000

Total

£’000

Net asset at 1 January 2022 710  159  1,491  2,360

Adjustments in respect of prior periods 13  23 (63) (27)

Recognised in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income (443)  268 (738) (913)

Recognised in the consolidated statement of changes in equity – 233 – 233

Net asset at 31 December 2022 280  683 690 1,653

Adjustments in respect of prior periods (115)  (1) 1,872 1,756

Recognised in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income (396)  173 (948) (1,171)

Recognised in the consolidated statement of changes in equity – (292) – (292)

Net asset at 31 December 2023 (231)  563 1,614 1,946

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are only offset where there is a legally enforceable right of offset and there is an intention to settle the

balances net.

![]()

www.centaurmedia.com

106

# Notes to the Financial Statements

#### CONTINUED

14 Deferred tax continued

2023

£’000

2022

£’000

Deferred tax assets 2,177 1,673

Deferred tax liabilities (231) (20)

1,946 1,653

At the year end, the Group has unused tax losses of £6,454,000 (2022: £2,935,000) available for offset against future profits. A deferred

tax asset of £1,614,000 (2022: £690,000) has been recognised in respect of £6,454,000 (2022: £2,935,000) of such tax losses.

In line with the Group’s strategy to focus on profit margin growth, the Group has been profitable since 2021 and continuation of this

profitable position is reflected in the Group’s four-year plan forecast to 2027. The Group has concluded that the deferred tax asset will

be recoverable using the estimated future taxable profit based on the four-year plan forecast to 2027. This forecast was used in the

impairment assessments performed for goodwill and investments. Refer to notes 10 and 13 for further details. The Group generated

taxable profits in 2023 and is expected to generate taxable profits from 2024 onwards. The losses can be carried forward indefinitely and

have no expiry date as long as the companies that have the losses continue to trade.

The Company has deferred tax assets on share options under long-term incentive plans and unused tax losses totalling £1,082,000 at

31 December 2023 (2022: £375,000).

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are expected to be materially utilised after 12 months.

15 Trade and other receivables

Note

2023

Group

£’000

2022

Group

£’000

2023

Company

£’000

2022

Company

£’000

Amounts falling due within one year

Trade receivables 26 3,744 4,348  – –

Less: expected credit loss 26 (188) (537) – –

Trade receivables – net 3,556  3,811  – –

Other receivables 126  430  23  34

Prepayments 1,107  916   113   102

Accrued income 300 200 – –

5,089 5,357 136 136

2023

Group

£’000

2022

Group

£’000

2023

Company

£’000

2022

Company

£’000

Amounts falling due after one year

Other receivables 166 27 4 27

Receivable from Employee Benefit Trust – – 875 1,198

166 27 879 1,225

The receivable from Employee Benefit Trust is unsecured, has no fixed due date and does not bear interest.

Other receivables falling due after one year include £162,000 (2022: £278,000 amount falling due within one year) in relation to a deposit

on the London property lease which is fully refundable at the end of the lease term. The previous London property lease ended on 31

December 2022 and the Group was fully refunded for this deposit in 2023. The Group signed a new lease agreement commencing 1

January 2023. Refer to note 19 for further detail.

16 Cash and cash equivalents

2023

Group

£’000

2022

Group

£’000

Cash at bank and in hand 1,996 7,501

The Company had no cash and cash equivalents at 31 December 2023 (2022: £nil).

![]()

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023

www.centaurmedia.com

107

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

17 Short-term deposits

2023

Group

£’000

2022

Group

£’000

Short-term deposits  7,500 8,500

The fixed term for these deposits is four months (2022: between four and five months). Interest for these short-term deposits is paid on

maturity. Refer to note 6 for further detail.

18 Trade and other payables

2023

Group

£’000

2022

Group

£’000

2023

Company

£’000

2022

Company

£’000

Trade payables 1,198  727  –  –

Payables to subsidiaries –  –  49,056 34,744

Accruals 5,713 7,590  988 1,002

Social security and other taxes 1,003  577  – –

Other payables 675  758  3 23

8,589 9,652  50,047 35,769

Payables to subsidiaries are unsecured, have no fixed date of repayment and bear interest at an annual rate of 7.44% (2022: 5.68%).

The Directors consider that the carrying amount of the trade payables approximates their fair value.

19 Lease liabilities

The lease liability reflected below relates to a property lease, for which a corresponding right-of-use (‘ROU’) asset is held on the

consolidated statement of financial position within property, plant and equipment and detailed in note 12.

2023

Group

£’000

2022

Group

£’000

At 1 January – 2,384

Addition of lease liability 2,861 –

Remeasurement of lease liability – (271)

Interest expense 89 51

Cash outflow – lease payments (973) (1,921)

Cash outflow – termination fee – (243)

At 31 December 1,977 –

Current 952 –

Non-current 1,025 –

At 31 December 1,977 –

A new lease agreement was entered into with a commencement date of 1 January 2023, and therefore a lease liability and corresponding

ROU asset has been recognised on 1 January 2023. This lease has a term of three years until 31 December 2025, with lease payments/

cash outflows of £973,000 for the first year of the lease term, increasing by 3.5% annually thereafter.

The Group had one lease agreement in place during the prior year. In June 2022 an option to extend the lease was exercised, resulting

in an increase to the lease liability and a corresponding increase to the ROU asset. Subsequently, in October 2022, an agreement to

terminate the lease was signed, bringing the end date forward to 31 December 2022. This changed the lease term judgement previously

made, and the lease liability was therefore remeasured. These two remeasurements resulted in the net decrease in lease liability of

£271,000. The remeasurement upon agreement to terminate resulted in a proportionate adjustment to the ROU asset and lease liability

based on the carrying values at the effective date, resulting in a gain on remeasurement of £151,000. In exiting the lease, the Group

incurred a £243,000 termination fee. These were both recognised as adjusting items in the consolidated statement of comprehensive

income. Refer to note 1(b) and 4 for further details.

![]()

www.centaurmedia.com

108

# Notes to the Financial Statements

#### CONTINUED

20 Deferred income

2023

Group

£’000

2022

Group

£’000

Deferred income 8,352 8,885

Deferred income arises on contracts with customers where revenue recognition criteria has not yet been met. See note 1(d) for further

details. During the year ended 31 December 2023, £8,824,000 (2022: £7,831,000) of the deferred income balance of £8,885,000 at 31

December 2022 (£7,846,000 at 31 December 2021) was recognised as revenue in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income.

21 Current tax assets

2023

Group

£’000

2022

Group

£’000

Corporation tax receivables 379 165

The Company had no corporation tax receivables or payables at 31 December 2023 (2022: £nil).

22 Equity

Ordinary shares of 10 pence each

Nominal value

£’000

Number of

shares

Authorised share capital – Group and Company

At 1 January 2022, 31 December 2022 and 31 December 2023 20,000  200,000,000

Issued and fully paid share capital – Group and Company

At 1 January 2022, 31 December 2022 and 31 December 2023 15,141 151,410,226

Deferred shares reserve

The deferred shares reserve represents 800,000 (2022: 800,000) deferred shares of 10 pence each, which carry restricted voting rights

and have no right to receive a dividend payment in respect of any financial year.

Reserve for shares to be issued

The reserve for shares to be issued is in respect of equity-settled share-based payment plans. The movements in the reserve for shares

to be issued represent the total charges for the year relating to equity-settled share-based payment transactions with employees as

accounted for under IFRS 2 less transfers from this reserve to retained earnings for shares exercised or lapsed during the year.

Own shares reserve

The own shares reserve represents the value of shares held as treasury shares and in the Employee Benefit Trust. At 31 December 2023,

4,550,179 (2022: 4,550,179) 10 pence ordinary shares were held in treasury and 1,878,628 (2022: 3,112,784) 10 pence ordinary shares were

held in the Employee Benefit Trust.

The Employee Benefit Trust issued 1,887,510 (2022: 201,355) shares to meet obligations arising from share-based rewards to employees

that had vested and were exercised in the current year (2022: vested and exercised in 2022). The shares were issued at a historical

weighted average cost of 67.6 pence (2022: 105.3 pence) per share. The total cost of £1,276,000 (2022: £212,000) has been recognised

as a reduction in the own shares reserve in other reserves in equity.

During 2023, the Employee Benefit Trust purchased 653,354 (2022: 1,249,954) ordinary shares in order to meet future obligations

arising from share-based rewards to employees. The shares were acquired at an average price of 49.4 pence per share. The total cost of

£322,000 (2022: £604,000) has been recognised in the own shares reserve in equity.

![]()

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023

www.centaurmedia.com

109

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

23 Share-based payments

The Group’s share-based payment expense for the year:

2023

£’000

2022

£’000

Share-based payment expense  1,095 806

The share-based payment expense is presented as an adjusting item in note 4 (see note 1(b) for further information) and is included in net

operating expenses in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income.

The Group’s share-based payment plans are equity-settled upon vesting.

The share-based payment expense includes social security contributions which are settled in cash upon exercise. £146,000 (2022:

£75,000) was charged to the consolidated statement of comprehensive income in relation to employers NI on share-based payment plans

and included in accruals on the consolidated statement of financial position.

Long-Term Incentive Plan

The Group operates a Long-Term Incentive Plan (‘LTIP’) for Executive Directors and selected senior management. This is an existing

incentive policy and was approved by shareholders at the 2016 AGM. Full details on how the plan operates are included in the

Remuneration Report.

During the year LTIP awards were granted to Executive Directors and selected senior management. Details of the performance conditions

of these awards are disclosed in the Remuneration Report.

A reconciliation of the movements in LTIP awards is shown below.

2023 2022

Number of awards

At 1 January 7,334,737 7,664,075

Granted 2,579,381 2,870,942

Exercised (1,887,510) (201,355)

Forfeited (434,081) (166,057)

Lapsed – (2,832,868)

At 31 December 7,592,527 7,334,737

Exercisable at 31 December – –

Weighted average share price at date of exercise (pence) 37.44 40.00

The awards granted during the year were priced using the following models and inputs:

Grant date 12/04/2023

Share price at grant date (pence) 49.00

Weighted average fair value of options (pence) 47.31

Vesting date 12/04/2026

Exercise price (pence) –

Expected volatility (%) 28.14

Expected dividend yield (%) –

Risk free interest rate (%) 3.75

Valuation model used Stochastic

Options exercised during the year related to the 2020 LTIP awards that vested during the year (2022: 2019 LTIP awards).

Options forfeited during the year were due to the participants leaving before the vesting date of the options. No options lapsed during the

year. Options that lapsed in the prior year did not meet the performance conditions and related to a portion of the 2019 LTIP awards. No

options expired during the year (2022: nil).

The share awards outstanding at 31 December 2023 had a weighted average exercise price of £nil (2022: £nil) and a weighted remaining

life of 1.2 years (2022: 1.4 years).

![]()

www.centaurmedia.com

110

# Notes to the Financial Statements

#### CONTINUED

23 Share-based payments continued

Deferred Share Bonus Plan

The Deferred Share Bonus Plan (‘DSBP’) was approved by the Board in May 2022 and applies to Executive Directors. Under the plan, the

portion of their annual bonus greater than 75% of basic salary is deferred in accordance with the Group’s remuneration policy into awards

in Centaur Media Plc shares. Awards under the DSBP are not subject to further performance conditions and vest after three years, subject

to continued employment. Dividend equivalents may be awarded in respect of the DSBP awards on vesting. Further details on how the

plan operates is included in the Remuneration Report.

A reconciliation of the movements in DSBP awards is shown below.

2023 2022

Number of awards

At 1 January 60,593 –

Granted – 60,593

At 31 December 60,593 60,593

Exercisable at 31 December – –

Weighted average share price at date of exercise (pence) – –

No options were granted during the year. In May 2022, 60,593 shares were awarded to Executive Directors under the DSBP, representing

the portion of the 2021 bonus to Executive Directors greater than 75% of their basic salary.

No options were exercised, forfeited or expired during the current and prior year.

The share awards outstanding at 31 December 2023 had a weighted average exercise price of £nil (2022: £nil) and a weighted remaining

life of 1.2 years (2022: 2.2 years).

Senior Executive Long-Term Incentive Plan

The Centaur Media Plc 2010 Senior Executive Long-Term Incentive Plan (the ‘SELTIP’) was introduced during 2011 and was approved by

shareholders at the 2010 AGM. This is not an HMRC approved plan and vests over a three-year period with service and performance

conditions. Awards were granted under this plan in 2011 for no consideration and no exercise price. This plan closed to new awards in the

prior year.

2023 2022

Number of awards

At 1 January – 6,862

Expired – (6,862)

At 31 December – –

Exercisable at 31 December – –

Weighted average share price at date of exercise (pence) – –

No options were granted, exercised, forfeited or lapsed during the current and prior year.

All options expired during the prior year.

Share Incentive Plan

The Centaur Media Plc Share Incentive Plan (the ‘SIP’) is an HMRC approved Tax-Advantaged plan, which provides employees with the

opportunity to purchase shares in the Company. This plan is open to all employees who have been employed by the Group for more than

three months. Employees may invest up to £1,800 per annum (or 10% of their salary if less) in ordinary shares in the Company, which are

held in trust. The shares are purchased in open market and are held in trust for each employee. The shares can be withdrawn with tax

paid at any time, or tax-free after five years. The Group matches the contribution with a ratio of one share for every two purchased. Other

than continuing employment, there are no other performance conditions attached to the plan.

The Executive Directors are eligible to participate in the Share Incentive Plan, as are all employees of the Group.

2023 2022

Number of matching shares

Outstanding at 1 January 75,908 57,495

Awarded 19,752 18,413

Forfeited (4,941) –

Sold (436) –

Outstanding at 31 December 90,283 75,908

![]()

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023

www.centaurmedia.com

111

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

24 Dividends

2023

£’000

2022

£’000

Equity dividends

Final dividend for 2021: 0.5 pence per 10 pence ordinary share – 718

Interim dividend for 2022: 0.5 pence per 10 pence ordinary share – 718

Special dividend for 2022: 3.0 pence per 10 pence ordinary share 4,312 –

Special dividend for 2022: 2.0 pence per 10 pence ordinary share 2,875 –

Final dividend for 2022: 0.6 pence per 10 pence ordinary share 859 –

Interim dividend for 2023: 0.6 pence per 10 pence ordinary share 870 –

8,916 1,436

An interim dividend for the six months ended 30 June 2023 of £870,000 (0.6 pence per ordinary share) was paid on 20 October 2023 to

all ordinary shareholders on the register as at close of business on 6 October 2023.

A final dividend for the year ended 31 December 2023 of £1,740,000 (1.2 pence per ordinary share) is proposed by the Directors and,

subject to shareholder approval at the Annual General Meeting, will be paid on 24 May 2024 to all ordinary shareholders on the register

at the close of business on 10 May 2024.

The interim, special and final dividends together resulted in a total dividend pertaining to 2022 of £8,764,000.

25 Notes to the cash flow statement

Reconciliation of profit / (loss) for the year to cash generated from operating activities:

Note

2023

Group

£’000

2022

Group

£’000

2023

Company

£’000

2022

Company

£’000

Profit / (loss) for the year 4,850 2,800 (4,521) (4,619)

Adjustments for:

Taxation charge / (credit) 7 785 1,005 (1,871) (1,106)

Finance income 6 (266) (85) – –

Finance costs 6 245 158 3,538 2,001

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment 12 1,133 2,271  – –

Amortisation of intangible assets 11 1,009 1,657 – –

Loss on disposal of assets 11 56 – – –

Gain on remeasurement of lease  19 – (151) – –

Share-based payment expense  23 1,095 806 534 424

Unrealised foreign exchange differences 29  (145)  – –

Changes in working capital:

Decrease / (increase) in trade and other receivables 25 1,002  311 (17)

(Decrease) / increase in trade and other payables (1,125) (1,955) 11,094 4,824

(Decrease) / Increase in deferred income (533) 1,039 – –

Cash generated from operating activities 7,303  8,402  9,085 1,507

![]()

www.centaurmedia.com

112

# Notes to the Financial Statements

#### CONTINUED

25 Notes to the cash flow statement continued

Reconciliation of movements of liabilities and associated assets to cash flows arising from financing activities:

Note

Group and

Company

Net borrowings

£’000

Group

Lease

liability

£’000

At 1 January 2022 72 (2,384)

Changes from financing cash flows:

Finance costs paid 6 71 –

Repayment of obligations under finance leases 19 – 1,921

Termination of lease 19 – 243

71 2,164

Other changes:

Finance costs 6 (105) (51)

Remeasurement of lease liability 19 – 271

Extension fee on revolving credit facility 26 20 –

(85) 220

Balance at 31 December 2022 58 –

Changes from financing cash flows:

Finance costs paid 6 73 –

Extension fee on revolving credit facility 26 20

Repayment of obligations under finance leases 19 – 973

93 973

Other changes:

Finance costs 6 (106) (89)

Addition of lease liability 19 – (2,861)

Extension fee on revolving credit facility 26 (20) –

(126) (2,950)

Balance at 31 December 2023 25 (1,977)

Net borrowings is comprised of a loan arrangement fee debtor of £28,000 (2022: £61,000) presented within other receivables and a

commitment fee creditor of £3,000 presented within other payables (2022: £3,000). The movements of this asset and liability together

give rise to cash flows from financing activities relating to the £10m revolving credit facility.

![]()

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023

www.centaurmedia.com

113

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

26 Financial instruments and financial risk management

Financial risk management

The Board has overall responsibility for the determination of the Group’s risk management policies. The Board receives monthly reports

from the Chief Financial Officer through which it reviews the effectiveness of policies and processes put in place to manage risk. The

Board sets policies that reduce risk as far as possible without unduly affecting the operating effectiveness of the Group.

The Group’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks, including interest rate risk, credit risk, liquidity risk, capital risk and currency

risk. Of these, credit risk and liquidity risk are considered the most significant. This note presents information about the Group’s exposure

to each of the above risks.

Categories of financial instruments

Details of the material accounting policies and methods adopted, including the criteria for recognition, the basis of measurement and the

basis on which income and expenses are recognised in respect of each class of financial asset, financial liability and equity instrument are

disclosed in note 1(m). All financial assets and liabilities are measured at amortised cost.

Note

2023

£’000

2022

£’000

Financial assets

Cash and cash equivalents 16 1,996  7,501

Short-term deposits 17 7,500 8,500

Trade receivables – net  15  3,556   3,811

Other receivables 15  292   457

13,344  20,269

Financial liabilities

Lease liability 19 1,977 –

Trade payables 18  1,198  727

Accruals 18 5,713  7,590

Other payables 18  675   758

9,563  9,075

Credit risk

Credit risk refers to the risk that a counterparty will default on its contractual obligations resulting in financial loss to the Group. The

carrying amount of financial assets recorded in the financial statements, which is net of impairment losses, represents the Group’s

maximum exposure to credit risk in relation to financial assets. Credit risk is managed on a Group basis. The Group does not consider that

it is subject to any significant concentrations of credit risk.

Trade receivables

Trade receivables consist of a large number of customers, of varying sizes and spread across diverse industries and geographies. The

Group does not have significant exposure to credit risk in relation to any single counterparty or group of counterparties having similar

characteristics. The Group’s exposure to credit risk is influenced predominantly by the circumstances of individual customers as opposed

to industry or geographic trends.

The business assesses the credit quality of customers based on their financial position, past experience and other qualitative and

quantitative factors. The Group’s policy requires customers to pay in accordance with agreed payment terms, which are generally 30 days

from the date of invoice. Under normal trading conditions, the Group is exposed to relatively low levels of risk and potential losses are

mitigated as a result of a diversified customer base and the requirement for events and certain premium content subscription invoices to

be paid in advance of service delivery.

The credit control function within the Group’s finance department monitors the outstanding debts of the Group and trade receivable

balances are analysed by the age and value of outstanding balances.

Any trade receivable balance which is objectively determined to be uncollectible is written off the ledger, with a charge taken through the

consolidated statement of comprehensive income. The Group also records an allowance for the lifetime expected credit loss on its trade

receivables balances under the simplified approach as mandated by IFRS 9. The impairment model for trade receivables, under IFRS 9,

requires the recognition of impairment provisions based on expected lifetime credit losses rather than only incurred ones. All balances are

reviewed with those greater than 90 days past due considered to carry a higher level of credit risk. Refer to note 1(m)(ii) for further details

on the approach to allowance for expected credit losses on trade receivables.

![]()

www.centaurmedia.com

114

# Notes to the Financial Statements

#### CONTINUED

26 Financial instruments and financial risk management continued

The allowance for expected lifetime credit losses, and changes to it, are taken through administrative expenses in the consolidated

statement of comprehensive income.

The ageing of trade receivables according to their original due date is detailed below:

2023

Gross

£’000

2023

Provision

£’000

2022

Gross

£’000

2022

Provision

£’000

Not due 2,656 (4)  2,971 (45)

0-30 days past due 390 (2) 488 (15)

31-60 days past due 138  (2) 141  (9)

61-90 days past due 82  (2)  74  (9)

Over 90 days past due 478  (178)  674  (459)

3,744  (188)  4,348  (537)

In making the assessment that unprovided trade receivables are not impaired, the Directors have considered the quantum of gross trade

receivables which relate to amounts not yet included in income, including amounts in deferred income and amounts relating to VAT. The

credit quality of trade receivables not impaired has been assessed as acceptable.

The movement in the allowance for expected credit losses on trade receivables is detailed below:

2023

Continuing

Group

£’000

2023

Discontinued

Group

£’000

2023

Total

Group

£’000

Re-presented

2

2022

Continuing

Group

£’000

Re-presented

2

2022

Discontinued

Group

£’000

Re-presented

2

2022

Total

Group

£’000

Balance at 1 January 405 132 537 427 137 564

Utilised (167) (66) (233) (15) (3) (18)

Release (106) (5) (111) (29) (2) (31)

Exchange differences (5) – (5) 22 – 22

Balance at 31 December 127 61 188 405 132 537

2

See note 1(a) for description of the prior year re-presentation.

The Group’s policy requires customers to pay in accordance with agreed payment terms which are generally 30 days from the date

of invoice or in the case of live events related revenue no less than 30 days before the event. All credit and recovery risk associated

with trade receivables has been provided for in the consolidated statement of financial position. The Group’s policy for recognising an

impairment loss is given in note 1(m)(ii). Impairment losses are taken through administrative expenses in the consolidated statement of

comprehensive income.

The Directors consider the carrying value of trade and other receivables approximates to their fair value.

Cash and cash equivalents and short-term deposits

Banks and financial institutions are independently rated by credit rating agencies. We choose only to deal with those with a minimum ‘A’

rating. We determine the credit quality for cash and cash equivalents and short-term deposits to be strong.

Other receivables

Other receivables are neither past due nor impaired. These are primarily made up of sundry receivables, including employee-related

debtors and receivables in respect of distribution arrangements.

Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will not be able to meet its financial obligations as they fall due. The Group manages liquidity

risk by maintaining adequate reserves and working capital credit facilities, and by continuously monitoring forecast and actual cash

flows. Since March 2021, the Group has had a multi-currency revolving credit facility with NatWest. The facility consists of a committed

£10m facility and an additional uncommitted £15m accordion option, both of which can be used to cover the Group’s working capital and

general corporate needs. In February 2024, the Group took the option to extend the facility for one year and the facility now runs to

31 March 2026. As at 31 December 2023, the Group had cash of £1,996,000 (2022: £7,501,000) and short-term deposits of £7,500,000

(2022: £8,500,000) with a full undrawn loan facility of £25,000,000 (2022: full undrawn loan facility of £25,000,000).

![]()

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023

www.centaurmedia.com

115

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

26 Financial instruments and financial risk management continued

The following tables detail the financial maturity for the Group’s financial liabilities:

Book value

£’000

Fair value

£’000

Less than

1 year

£’000

2–5 years

£’000

At 31 December 2023

Financial liabilities

Interest bearing 1,977 1,977 952 1,025

Non-interest bearing 7,586  7,586  7,586  –

9,563  9,563 8,538 1,025

At 31 December 2022

Financial liabilities

Non-interest bearing 9,075  9,075 9,075 –

9,075  9,075 9,075 –

The Directors consider that book value is materially equal to fair value.

The book value of primary financial instruments approximates to fair value here the instrument is on a short maturity or where they bear

interest at rates that approximate to the market.

The following table details the level of fair value hierarchy for the Group’s financial assets and liabilities:

Financial Assets Financial Liabilities

Level 1 Level 3

Cash and cash equivalents Lease liabilities

Short-term deposits  Trade payables

Level 3 Accruals

Trade receivables – net Other payables

Other receivables Borrowings\*

\* Borrowings are purely in relation to the Group’s revolving credit facility which is discussed above. The amount drawn down from this facility at 31 December

2023 was £nil (2022: £nil).

All trade and other payables are due for payment in one year or less, or on demand.

Interest rate risk

The Group’s financial assets are not significant interest-bearing assets. The Group is exposed to interest rate risk when it borrows funds at

floating interest rates through its revolving credit facility. Borrowings issued at variable rates expose the Group to cash flow interest rate

risk. The Group evaluates its risk appetite towards interest rate risks regularly to manage interest rate risk in relation to its revolving credit

facility if deemed necessary.

The Group did not enter any hedging transactions during the current or prior year and as at 31 December 2023 the only floating rate to

which the Group was exposed was SONIA. The Group’s exposure to interest rates on financial assets and financial liabilities is detailed in

the liquidity risk section of this note.

Interest rate sensitivity

The Group has not drawn down from its revolving credit facility in the current year or prior year therefore a sensitivity analysis has not

been performed.

Capital risk

The Group manages its capital to ensure that all entities in the Group will be able to continue as a going concern while maximising return

to shareholders, as well as sustaining the future development of the business.

The capital structure of the Group consists of net cash, which includes cash and cash equivalents (note 16), short-term deposits (note

17) and equity attributable to the owners of the parent, comprising issued share capital (note 22), other reserves and retained earnings.

The Board also considers the levels of own shares held for employee share plans and the ability to issue new shares for acquisitions, in

managing capital risk in the business.

![]()

www.centaurmedia.com

116

# Notes to the Financial Statements

#### CONTINUED

26 Financial instruments and financial risk management continued

Since March 2021, the Group has benefited from its banking facility with NatWest, which featured a committed £10m facility and an

additional uncommitted £15m accordion option, both of which can be used to cover the Group’s working capital and general corporate

needs. In February 2024, the Group took the option to extend the facility for one year and the facility now runs to 31 March 2026. Interest

is calculated on SONIA plus a margin dependent on the Group’s net leverage position, which is re-measured quarterly in line with

covenant testing. The Group’s borrowings are subject to financial covenants tested quarterly. The principal financial covenants under the

facility are that the ratio of net debt to EBITDA shall not exceed 2.5:1 and the ratio of EBITDA to net finance charges shall not be less than

4:1. At no point during the current year or prior year did the Group breach its covenants

Currency risk

Substantially all the Group’s net assets are in the United Kingdom. Most of the revenue and profits are generated in the United Kingdom

and consequently foreign exchange risk is limited. The Group continues to monitor its exposure to currency risk, particularly as the

business expands into overseas territories such as North America, however the results of the Group are not currently considered to be

sensitive to movements in currency rates.

27 Pension schemes

The Group contributes to individual and collective money purchase pension schemes in respect of Directors and employees once they

have completed the requisite period of service. The charge for the year in respect of these defined contribution schemes is shown in note

5. Included within other payables is an amount of £90,000 (2022: £92,000) payable in respect of the money purchase pension schemes.

28 Capital commitments

At 31 December 2022, the Group had signed a lease agreement for a London property with a commencement date of 1 January 2023.

This lease has a term of three years until 31 December 2025, with lease payments/cash outflows of £973,000 for the first year of the

lease term, increasing by 3.5% annually thereafter. There is a deposit for the new London property lease which will be payable from

the commencement date of 1 January 2023 of £162,000. This is fully refundable at the end of the lease term. This lease has now been

recognised in the consolidated statement of financial position as at 31 December 2023 accordingly within property, plant and equipment

(note 12), trade and other receivables (note 15) and lease liabilities (note 19).

There are no capital commitments as at 31 December 2023.

29 Related party transactions

Group

Key management compensation is disclosed in note 5. There were no other material related party transactions for the Group in the

current or prior year.

Company

The Company had the following transactions with subsidiaries and related parties during the year.

i) Interest

During the year, interest was recharged from subsidiary companies as follows:

2023

£’000

2022

£’000

Net interest payable 3,432 1,896

There were no borrowings at the end of the year (2022: £nil).

The balances outstanding with subsidiary companies are disclosed in note 18.

ii) Dividends

During both the current and prior year, the Company did not receive any dividends from its subsidiaries.

iii) Employee Benefit Trust

The assets and liabilities of the Employee Benefit Trust are comprised in the consolidated statement of financial position. Transactions

between the Employee Benefit Trust and the Company are detailed in notes 22 and 23. Details of the Company’s receivable from the

Employee Benefit Trust is in note 15.

There were no other material related party transactions for the Company in the current or prior year.

![]()

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023

www.centaurmedia.com

117

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

29 Related party transactions continued

Audit exemption

For the year ended 31 December 2023, the Company has provided a guarantee pursuant to sections 479A-C of Companies Act 2006

over the liabilities of the following subsidiaries and, as such, they are exempt from the requirements of the Act relating to the audit of

individual financial statements, or preparation of individual financial statements, as appropriate, for this financial year.

Name

Company

number

Outstanding

liabilities

£’000

Centaur Communications Limited 01595235 24,696

Econsultancy.com Limited 04047149 201

Market Makers Incorporated Limited

1

05063707 –

TheLawyer.com Limited 11491880 3,027

Xeim Limited 05243851 8,480

1

Market Makers Incorporated Limited was liquidated on 14 January 2024.

See note 13 for changes to subsidiary holdings during the year.

30 Events after the reporting date

No material events have occurred after the reporting date.

![]()

www.centaurmedia.com

118

# Five Year Record (Unaudited)

2019\* 2020\* 2021\*

Re-presented

2

2022 2023

Revenue (£m) 39.6  32.4   39.1  38.4 37.3

Operating (loss) / profit (£m) (7.8)  (2.3)  1.6  3.5 6.1

Adjusted operating (loss) / profit (£m) (1.2) –  3.2   4.9  7.6

Adjusted operating (loss) / profit margin (3%) – 8% 13% 20%

(Loss) / profit before tax (£m) (8.1)  (2.6)  1.4 3.5 6.1

Adjusted (loss) / profit before tax (£m) (1.5)  (0.3)  3.0 4.9 7.6

Adjusted diluted EPS (pence) 0.3  0.3   1.9   2.5  4.2

Ordinary dividend per share (pence) 1.5  0.5  1.0 1.1 1.8

Special dividend per share (pence) 2.0 – – 5.0 –

Net operating cash flow (£m) 4.7  2.1   9.5   8.4  5.8

Average permanent headcount (FTE) 317  282   264   237   233

Revenue per head (£’000) 125  115   148   162  160

Revenue from continuing operations by type

2019\*

£m

2020\*

£m

2021\*

£m

Re-presented

2

2022

£m

2023

£m

Premium Content 14.4 13.2 12.9 14.7 15.2

Training and Advisory 7.6 8.5 12.6 14.4 14.8

Marketing Services 4.3 2.9 3.3 – –

Events 6.4 2.5 3.8 4.6 3.9

Marketing Solutions 4.6 4.2 5.0 3.5 2.3

Recruitment Advertising 2.3 1.1 1.5 1.2 1.1

39.6 32.4 39.1 38.4 37.3

Other

2019\*

£m

2020\*

£m

2021\*

£m

Re-presented

2

2022

£m

2023

£m

Goodwill and other intangible assets 61.2  46.1   44.2   43.8   44.7

Other assets and liabilities (9.4)  (7.2)  (10.2)  (11.0)  (9.1)

Net assets before net cash 51.8  38.9   34.0   32.8   35.6

Net cash 9.3  8.3   13.1   16.0   9.5

Total equity 61.1 47.2 47.1 48.8 45.1

2

See note 1(a) for description of the prior year re-presentation.

\* 2019–2021 have not been re-presented with regards to discontinued operations relating to the closure of the Really B2B and Design Week brands in 2023. 2022 has been

re-presented for discontinued operations in line with the comparatives disclosed in these financial statements.

![]()

The production of this report supports the work of the Woodland Trust, the

UK’s leading woodland conservation charity. Each tree planted will grow into a

vital carbon store, helping to reduce environmental impact as well as creating

natural havens for wildlife and people.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSOTHER INFORMATION

# Directors, Advisers andother Corporate Information

#### Company registration number

04948078

Incorporated/domiciled in

England and Wales

Registered office

10 York Road

London

SE1 7ND

United Kingdom

#### Directors

Colin Jones (Chair)

Swagatam Mukerji (Chief Executive Officer)

Simon Longfield (Chief Financial Officer)

William Eccleshare

Carol Hosey

Leslie-Ann Reed

Richard Staveley

#### Company Secretary

Helen Silver

Independent Auditor

Crowe U.K. LLP

55 Ludgate Hill

London

EC4M 7JW

#### Registrars

Share Registrars Limited

3 The Millennium Centre

Crosby Way

Farnham

Surrey

GU9 7XX

#### External Lawyers

Dechert LLP

160 Queen Victoria Street

London

EC4V 4QQ

#### Brokers

Investec Bank plc

Singer Capital Markets

![]()

#### 10 York Road

#### London

SE1 7ND

CENTAUR MEDIA PLC Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2023